[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#372) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.9.20071204-10-ge69a9c3
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:16:54 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via e69a9c3f8b2ef671018f419013158d8b4841fdde (commit)
from 0deb9fb642fee891ee932c3c43f0b02633a23d8e (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 1746 ++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 1627 +++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 2426 ++++++++++++---------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1705 ++++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 1565 ++++++-------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 130 +-
6 files changed, 4808 insertions(+), 4391 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index b40eb20..13862e0 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-23 11:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-12 13:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-01-09 19:59+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Kai J. G. Hatje\n"
"Language-Team: \n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -46,9 +46,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -82,40 +83,41 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Über Debian Edu und Skolelinux"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid ""
-"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
-"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
-"development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose "
-"out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-network "
-"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
-"serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
+"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
+"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux ist die sich in der Entwicklung befindliche "
-"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian "
-"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) des Debian Edu Projekts."
-"Dies bedeutet, Skolelinux ist eine vorkonfigurierte Version von Debian, "
-"die Ihnen ein komplett eingerichtetes Schulnetzwerk zur Verfügung stellt. "
-"In Norwegen, wo die Entwicklung von Skolelinux begann, ist die "
-"Hauptzielgruppe Schulen mit Schülern im Alter von 6 bis 16 Jahren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
-"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
+"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
+"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
+"countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and "
+"France."
msgstr ""
-"Das System wird weltweit in verschiedenen Ländern, mit den "
-"meisten Benutzern in Norwegen, Deutschland und Frankreich."
+"Das System wird weltweit in verschiedenen Ländern, mit den meisten Benutzern "
+"in Norwegen, Deutschland und Frankreich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:31
+#: release-manual.xml:34
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architektur"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:33
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
@@ -124,17 +126,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux-Installation."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:37
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Netzwerk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:43
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:48
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
@@ -143,7 +145,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dieses Bild als <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> Datei.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -165,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Netzwerkdienste nicht stört."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:51
+#: release-manual.xml:54
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -182,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DNS-Alias für die geänderten Dienste auf die richtige Maschine zeigt. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -198,12 +200,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Gegebenheiten anzupassen, sollte separat dokumentiert werden)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:61
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -226,7 +228,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und die DNS-Konfiguration entsprechend anpasst. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:62
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -236,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dass keine Klartextpasswörter in das Netzwerk gelangen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -256,82 +258,82 @@ msgstr ""
"um die Änderung von IP-Bereichen oder Domänennamen zu erleichtern."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr "Zentralisierte Aufzeichnung von Systemprotokollen [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:70
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "Domain Name Service DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:68
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr "Automatische Netzwerk Konfiguration von Maschinen (DHCP) [bootps]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:72
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr "Zeit Synchronisation (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr "Heimatverzeichnisse über Netzwerk Dateisysteme (SMB/NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr "Elektronisches Postamt [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr "Verzeichnisdienst (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Benutzer Verwaltung (lwat)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr "Zentrale Datensicherung (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr "Webseiten Zwischenspeicher / Proxy Server (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr "Druckdienst (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr "Fernzugriff (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr "Automatische Konfiguration [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr "Terminal Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
@@ -341,7 +343,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(munin,nagios and site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -357,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bedient."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:89
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -376,7 +378,7 @@ msgstr ""
"POP3 oder IMAP zugreifen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:88
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
@@ -385,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einheitlichen Zugangsdaten (Nutzername/Kennwort) genutzt werden können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -399,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den Internetzugriff einzelner Maschinen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -415,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Netzwerkdienste stören)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -426,7 +428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"akzeptiert nur eingehende Nachrichten aus dem lokalen Netzwerk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -440,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DNS-Server benutzen können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -455,7 +457,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dynamische Webseiten zu erstellen, da der Server programmierbar ist."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:100
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -477,7 +479,7 @@ msgstr ""
"haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:102
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Verwaltungssystem ermöglicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:104
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -511,7 +513,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sicherzustellen, dass das ganze Netzwerk die korrekte Zeit führt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -526,12 +528,13 @@ msgstr ""
"Mengenbegrenzungen und Zugriffskontrollisten für Drucker erreicht."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
-msgid "Thin client services"
+#: release-manual.xml:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Thin Client Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:115
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -546,7 +549,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Client Einrichtung, ist die des Linux Terminal Server Projekts (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -565,12 +568,11 @@ msgstr ""
"werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:119
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
-"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
-"clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify "
-"which client is logged onto what on the central server?)"
+"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
"Der Thin Client Server ist eingerichtet um Systemmeldungen der Thin Clients "
"zu empfangen und diese an den zentralen Systemmeldungsempfänger "
@@ -578,41 +580,83 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Hauptserver)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
-msgid "LowFat (diskless) Workstations"
+#: release-manual.xml:124
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "LowFat (diskless) Arbeitsplatzrechner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:126
msgid ""
-"A lowfat workstation runs all software on the PC without locally installed "
-"operating system. This means that client machines boots direcly from the "
-"servers hard drive without running software installed on the local hard "
-"drive. The lowfat workstation setup is not a new consept. It was first used "
-"by Novell around 20 years ago booting Windows PC's over the network. Now "
-"lowfat workstations is a part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) "
-"introduced with version 5.0."
-msgstr "Bei einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner läuft alle Software auf dem diesem selbst, ohne direkt dort installiert zu sein. Das heisst, der Rechner bootet direkt von der Festplatte des Servers ohne dass auf einer lokalen Festplatte lauffähige Software installiert ist. Das Konzept des lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechners ist nicht neu. Es wurde erstmalig vor 20 jahren von Novell eingesetzt, um Windows-PC's über das Netzwerk zu booten. Inzwischen ist der lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechners Teil des Linux Terminal Server Projektes (LTSP)."
+"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
+"or half-thick clients are also used."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:128
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
+"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
+"from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local "
+"hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+"Bei einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner läuft alle Software auf dem diesem "
+"selbst, ohne direkt dort installiert zu sein. Das heisst, der Rechner bootet "
+"direkt von der Festplatte des Servers ohne dass auf einer lokalen Festplatte "
+"lauffähige Software installiert ist. Das Konzept des lowfat "
+"Arbeitsplatzrechners ist nicht neu. Es wurde erstmalig vor 20 jahren von "
+"Novell eingesetzt, um Windows-PC's über das Netzwerk zu booten. Inzwischen "
+"ist der lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechners Teil des Linux Terminal Server Projektes "
+"(LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Lowfat workstations is an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
-"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. With lowfat workstations all "
-"applications are run locally on the client PC. Software is administered and "
+"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
+"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
"maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the "
-"clients. Home directory and system settings are stored on the server. "
-"Recomended requirement are 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz CPU or more. Local "
-"swapdisk is recommended, expesially when running multimedia applications etc."
-msgstr "Ein lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner ist eine gute Möglichkeit um neuere Hardware mit ebenso niedrigen Wartungskosten wie bei Thinclients zu benutzen. Bei einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner laufen alle Anwendunge lokal auf dem Clientrechner. Die Software wird auf dem Server administriert und gewartet, ohne dass sie auf den Clients installiert werden muss. Ebenso werden Benutzerverzeichnisse und Systemeinstellungen auf dem Server gespeichert. Empfohlene Mindestanforderungen sind 256 MB RAM und eine 800 MHZ CPU oder besser. Falls Multimedia oder ähnliche Programme verwendet werden sollen, wird eine lokale Swapplatte empfohlen."
+"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
+msgstr ""
+"Ein lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner ist eine gute Möglichkeit um neuere Hardware "
+"mit ebenso niedrigen Wartungskosten wie bei Thinclients zu benutzen. Bei "
+"einem lowfat Arbeitsplatzrechner laufen alle Anwendunge lokal auf dem "
+"Clientrechner. Die Software wird auf dem Server administriert und gewartet, "
+"ohne dass sie auf den Clients installiert werden muss. Ebenso werden "
+"Benutzerverzeichnisse und Systemeinstellungen auf dem Server gespeichert. "
+"Empfohlene Mindestanforderungen sind 256 MB RAM und eine 800 MHZ CPU oder "
+"besser. Falls Multimedia oder ähnliche Programme verwendet werden sollen, "
+"wird eine lokale Swapplatte empfohlen."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Networked clients"
+msgstr "Anforderungen an das Netzwerk"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
+"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
+"Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:145
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administration"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -625,7 +669,7 @@ msgstr ""
"und somit vollen Zugriff auf die Maschinen zu haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -636,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr ""
"werden durch den Server auf den Clients auf Stand gehalten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -647,17 +691,17 @@ msgstr ""
"die auch von den Clients zur Authentifizierung der Benutzer benutzt wird."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:142 release-manual.xml:339
+#: release-manual.xml:156 release-manual.xml:351
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:158
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Die Installation ist entweder von CD oder von DVD möglich."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:160
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -669,7 +713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -685,12 +729,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Installation geändert werden zu können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:167
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Konfiguration des Dateisystem-Zugriffs"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:155
+#: release-manual.xml:169
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -707,7 +751,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manche sollten für Keinen, außer dem Benutzer selbst, lesbar sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:157
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -728,7 +772,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unterzubringen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:161
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -758,7 +802,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:178
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -794,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Konfigurationsthemen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:180
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -820,7 +864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"zugreifbar sein, können aber wie benötigt gesperrt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:187
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -831,19 +875,20 @@ msgstr ""
"für <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+#: release-manual.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
"- Zugriff auf Heimatverzeichnisse (*~/.)? - Heimatverzeichnisse - Gemeinsame "
"Verzeichnisse?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:181
+#: release-manual.xml:195
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "Zufällige Notizen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:183
+#: release-manual.xml:197
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
@@ -852,7 +897,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sein sollten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:184
+#: release-manual.xml:198
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
@@ -861,7 +906,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kontrollieren, welche Gruppen auf welche Maschinen Zugriff haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:185
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
@@ -871,12 +916,12 @@ msgstr ""
"squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:200
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr "Sollte auf einen DNS Namen nach RFC 2606 prüfen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
@@ -897,122 +942,127 @@ msgstr ""
"können. Aber erhalten Sie jene Copyright Notizen ebenso. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:198
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Funktionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Neue Funktionen im \"3.0 Terra\" Release 2007-12-05"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:217
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
-msgstr "stark verbesserte Dokumentation mit upgedateten Übersetzungen in die Sprachen Deutsch, Norwegisch, Bokmal und Italienisch"
+msgstr ""
+"stark verbesserte Dokumentation mit upgedateten Übersetzungen in die "
+"Sprachen Deutsch, Norwegisch, Bokmal und Italienisch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:218
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
-msgstr "beinhaltet mehr als 40 Bugfixes, Verbesserungen und Security Updates auf die wir nach dem Release von Version 3.0r0 aufmerksam wurden."
+msgstr ""
+"beinhaltet mehr als 40 Bugfixes, Verbesserungen und Security Updates auf die "
+"wir nach dem Release von Version 3.0r0 aufmerksam wurden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Neue Funktionen im \"3.0r0 Terra\" Release 2007-07-22"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:211
+#: release-manual.xml:225
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basierend auf Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Grafischer Installer mit Mausunterstützung."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Graphischer Startbildschirm während des Startens."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "LSB 3.1 kompatibel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Linux Kernel Version 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Unterstützung für SATA Kontroller und Festplatten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:218
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org Version 7.1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:219
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "KDE Desktop Umgebung Version 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org Version 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:237
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Automatische Verfolgung von installierten Maschinen mit Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:225
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
"Automatische Konfiguration von Munin unter Benutzung der Daten von "
"Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:240
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
-msgstr "Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatische Versionskontrolle von Konfigurationsdateien in /etc/ mit svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
"Dateisystemgrößen können erweitert werden, während das Dateisystem "
"eingehängt ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Unterstützung der automatischen Erweiterung des Dateisystems nach "
"vordefinierten Regeln."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Lokale Geräteunterstützung auf Thin Clients."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -1023,12 +1073,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Unterarchitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "Multiarchitektur-DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
@@ -1038,7 +1088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installiert werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:249
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1056,7 +1106,7 @@ msgstr ""
"erfordert <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:257
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1067,67 +1117,67 @@ msgstr ""
"beschreibt wie swi-prolog auf etch installiert wird."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:264
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Funktionen in 2.0 Release 2006-03-14"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basierend auf Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:252
+#: release-manual.xml:266
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:267
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 version 4.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE version 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:277
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Funktionen in \"1.0 Venus\" Release 2004-06-20"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basierend auf Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:280
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 version 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:267
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE version 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr "Mehr Informationen zu älteren Releases"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:289
msgid ""
"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -1138,12 +1188,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink> gefunden werden.."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Vorraussetzungen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1158,7 +1208,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Servern und Clients betreffend."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:299
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
@@ -1167,7 +1217,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Standard Netzwerktopologie benutzt wird)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
@@ -1176,7 +1226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"entweder einen i386, amd64 oder powerpc Prozessor haben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1187,7 +1237,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Gehäuse sind."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:304
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1198,17 +1248,17 @@ msgstr ""
"wird."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:307
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr "Arbeitsstation(en) und/oder Thin client (LTSP) Server"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:308
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "Thin-Client Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
@@ -1217,17 +1267,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Standard Netzwerkarchitektur nutzen sollen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr "eth0 ist verbunden mit dem Hauptnetzwerk(10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) versorgt die Thin-Clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
@@ -1236,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ab. Aber 8 GiB sind notwendig. Wie immer gilt: Je größer, desto besser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
@@ -1245,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ist erforderlich."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
@@ -1254,13 +1304,14 @@ msgstr ""
"RAM und 8 GiB Festplattenspeicher das erforderliche Minimum."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:316
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
-"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
-"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
-"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
-"variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
+"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
+"minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, "
+"the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/"
+"ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
msgstr ""
"Für Workstations ohne Festplatte (auch bekannt als LowFat-Clients) sind 256 "
"MB RAM und 800 MHz das erforderliche Minimum. Swapping über das Netzwerk ist "
@@ -1269,17 +1320,17 @@ msgstr ""
"nbdswapd.conf auf dem Tjener einstellen indem Sie die SIZE Variable setzen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr "Für Laptops sind 256 MB RAM und 450 MHz die Mindestausstattung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -1290,17 +1341,17 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Anforderungen an das Netzwerk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:331
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr "Internet-Router"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:333
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -1312,7 +1363,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nicht als DHCP-Server laufen. Er kann als DNS Server laufen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:335
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -1336,7 +1387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"erfahrene Administratoren geeignet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:331
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1354,12 +1405,12 @@ msgstr ""
"architecture</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:343
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Wo Sie weitere Informationen finden können"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:357
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -1375,13 +1426,13 @@ msgstr ""
"keinen Gedanken machen. Das wird sicher funktionieren. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:347 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2224
-#: release-manual.xml:2259 release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2247 release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:352
+#: release-manual.xml:364
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1392,17 +1443,17 @@ msgstr ""
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:358
+#: release-manual.xml:370
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Herunterladen eines Installationsmediums für Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:362
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD's für i386, amd64 und powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1411,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"es herunterzuladen, nutze eine der beiden Methoden:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:366
+#: release-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1420,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:369
+#: release-manual.xml:381
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1430,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:372
+#: release-manual.xml:384
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1439,14 +1490,14 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:389
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
"Oder, um eine Netzinstallation durchzuführen, kannst Du eine CD für die i386 "
"und für die amd64 Architektur herunterladen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1455,7 +1506,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:394
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1464,7 +1515,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:397
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1473,12 +1524,12 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:402
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:404
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1487,7 +1538,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:407
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1496,7 +1547,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:410
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1505,12 +1556,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr "und PowerPC (geeignet für die NewWorld Subarchitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:417
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1519,7 +1570,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:420
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1528,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:423
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1537,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:428
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1550,12 +1601,12 @@ msgstr ""
"so intensiven Support leisten können, wie für die anderen Architekturen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Der Quellcode für dieses Release ist auf einem DVD-Image verfügbar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1565,7 +1616,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:435
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1574,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:438
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1583,12 +1634,12 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr "Bestellung einer CD/DVD auf dem Postwege"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:437
+#: release-manual.xml:449
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1602,12 +1653,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Zahlungsweise mitteilen. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:439 release-manual.xml:520 release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1881
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
@@ -1616,12 +1667,12 @@ msgstr ""
"DVD in Ihrer E-mail mitzuteilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:447
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installation von CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:449
+#: release-manual.xml:461
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1632,54 +1683,55 @@ msgstr ""
"vom jeweiligen Installationsprofil ab."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hauptserver : 8 von 115 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
"Hauptserver und Terminalserver (Kombiserver): 618 von 1082 MB werden "
"heruntergeladen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:452
+#: release-manual.xml:464
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
-msgstr "Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
+msgstr ""
+"Hauptserver und Arbeitsplatzrechner: 618 von 1081 MB werden heruntergeladen. "
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Terminalserver: 618 von 1052 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:466
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Workstation: 618 von 1051 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Einzelplatzrechner: 618 von 1020 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Barebone: 12 von 83 MB werden heruntergeladen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:459
+#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr "Die einzelnen Profile werden nachfolgend erläutert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Installationsoptionen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:466
+#: release-manual.xml:478
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1697,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Voreinstellungen für die Mehrheit unserer Anwender sehr gut passen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:480
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1710,7 +1762,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Eingabeaufforderung um eine i386 textbasierte Installation durchzuführen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:471
+#: release-manual.xml:483
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1726,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr ""
"wechseln."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1739,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr ""
"graphischen Benutzeroberfläche Ihr amd64-System zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1755,50 +1807,50 @@ msgstr ""
"32-bit Prozessoren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
"Add <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </"
"computeroutput> as additional boot-option."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie bereits das Hauptserver-Profil auf einem Computer installiert haben, können Sie "
-"dessen http proxy Dienst nutzen, um die folgende Installation von CD zu "
-"beschleunigen. Fügen Sie "
-"<computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </"
-"computeroutput> als zusätzliche Boot Option hinzu."
+"Wenn Sie bereits das Hauptserver-Profil auf einem Computer installiert "
+"haben, können Sie dessen http proxy Dienst nutzen, um die folgende "
+"Installation von CD zu beschleunigen. Fügen Sie <computeroutput>d-i mirror/"
+"http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> als zusätzliche "
+"Boot Option hinzu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:504
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr ""
"Wählen Sie eine Sprache (sowohl für die Installation als auch das zu "
"installierende System)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr "Wählen Sie eine Zeitzone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
"Wählen Sie eine Tastaturbelegung (üblicherweise ist die jeweilige "
"Ländereinstellung das Beste)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:508
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Wählen Sie ein Profil </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "server"
msgstr "Server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1812,12 +1864,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Schule zu installieren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "Workstation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1830,16 +1882,21 @@ msgstr ""
"und das Desktopprofil gespeichert sind. "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "Terminalserver"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:517
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
-"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core."
+"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
+"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
"Server für ThinClients und Workstations ohne Festplatte. Clientrechner ohne "
"Festplatte erhalten die Software zum Booten und ihre Arbeitsprogramme von "
@@ -1847,12 +1904,12 @@ msgstr ""
"und idealerweise mehr als einen Prozessor oder Prozessorkern."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "Einzeilplatzrechner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
@@ -1862,12 +1919,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Laptops."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "barebone"
msgstr "Barebone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1882,7 +1939,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einzelne Dienste manuell vom Server auf diesen Rechner zu übertragen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:529
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1893,19 +1950,20 @@ msgstr ""
"sein und als Workstation genutzt werden kann."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+#: release-manual.xml:530
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"Sag 'Ja' zur automatischen Partitionierung, es wird alle Daten auf der "
"Festplatte zerstören."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr "Sag 'Ja' zu partman"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1916,27 +1974,22 @@ msgstr ""
"müssen dies aber nicht <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "wait"
msgstr "Warte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:541
msgid "be happy"
msgstr "Sei froh"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur manuellen Partitionierung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1954,12 +2007,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Homeverzeichnis kann ein Nutzer sich nicht einloggen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zu Notebooks"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1977,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"'Einzelplatzrechner'."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:544
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1991,12 +2044,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kein Howto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr "Eine Bemerkung zur DVD Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:552
+#: release-manual.xml:565
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -2010,7 +2063,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installiert werden können."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -2024,83 +2077,85 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
-msgstr "Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
+#: release-manual.xml:578
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgstr ""
+"Screenshottour durch eine i386 Hauptserver + Terminalserver Installation"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:586
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:592
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
# doesnt need to be translated, german installation doesnt have a timezone
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr " "
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:640
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2109,17 +2164,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Screenshot zu verringern."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:667
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Es geht los"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2129,7 +2184,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ist folgendes: "
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2138,12 +2193,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Homeverzeichnisse mit NFS exportiert werden können)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "Nutzer anlegen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2152,12 +2207,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Terminalserver müssen hinzugefügt werden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:684
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dies ist weiter unten beschrieben."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2168,17 +2223,17 @@ msgstr ""
"die Dinge beschreibt, die jeder wissen und können muss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:689
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Dienste des Hauptservers"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2188,12 +2243,12 @@ msgstr ""
"jeden einzelnen Service."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Webbasierte Sysemverwaltung mit Lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
@@ -2201,51 +2256,52 @@ msgid ""
"groups (add, modify, delete):"
msgstr ""
"Lwat ist ein Web-basiertes Werkzeug zur Handhabung, das Ihnen helfen wird "
-"wichtige Teile ihrer Debian Edu Installation einzurichten und zu warten. "
-"Sie können diese vier Hauptgruppen warten (add, modify, delete):"
+"wichtige Teile ihrer Debian Edu Installation einzurichten und zu warten. Sie "
+"können diese vier Hauptgruppen warten (add, modify, delete):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:705
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:707
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Automount Informationen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Maschinenverwaltung"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
-msgstr "Um auf lwat zuzugreifen, geben sie folgende Adresse in ihren"
-"Webbrowser ein: <ulink url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>."
-"Aufgrund folgender zwei Fehler werden sie höchstwahrscheinlich eine Fehlermeldung erhalten:"
+msgstr ""
+"Um auf lwat zuzugreifen, geben sie folgende Adresse in ihrenWebbrowser ein: "
+"<ulink url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>.Aufgrund folgender "
+"zwei Fehler werden sie höchstwahrscheinlich eine Fehlermeldung erhalten:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "Das Zertfikat ist selbst-signiert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "Das Zertifikat wurde für tjener.intern erstellt"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2254,7 +2310,7 @@ msgstr ""
"einen Monat ist, weil das Zertifikat nur für einen Monat gültig ist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2264,41 +2320,41 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
-"und das Passwort ist das Passwort, das Sie während der Installation für "
-"das Konto root eingegeben haben."
+"und das Passwort ist das Passwort, das Sie während der Installation für das "
+"Konto root eingegeben haben."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
-"Nach dem Einloggen wird der Einlogg-Bereich verschwinden und Sie "
-"können eine Funktion aus dem Menü wählen."
+"Nach dem Einloggen wird der Einlogg-Bereich verschwinden und Sie können eine "
+"Funktion aus dem Menü wählen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Benutzerverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2308,13 +2364,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"In Debian Edu werden Konto-Informationen in einem LDAP Verzeichnis "
"gespeichert, auf das nicht nur der Hauptserver sondern auch die "
-"Arbeitstationen und die Thin Client Server im Netzwerk zugreifen. "
-"Auf diese Art und Weise müssen die Informationen über Studenten, "
-"Schüler, Lehrer ... nur einmal eingegeben werden und stehen dann allen "
-"Systemen im Netzwerk zur Verfügung."
+"Arbeitstationen und die Thin Client Server im Netzwerk zugreifen. Auf diese "
+"Art und Weise müssen die Informationen über Studenten, Schüler, Lehrer ... "
+"nur einmal eingegeben werden und stehen dann allen Systemen im Netzwerk zur "
+"Verfügung."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2323,26 +2379,25 @@ msgstr ""
"zu können, wird Ihnen lwat dabei behilflich sein."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:727
+#: release-manual.xml:740
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
"entries for this are the four topmost entries (in the two topmost groups)."
msgstr ""
-"Sie können Benutzer hinzufügen, sie in Bentzergruppen gruppieren "
-"(zum Beispiel um auf die Personen einer Klasse einfacher zugreifen zu "
-"können), sie aktualisieren und wieder entfernen. "
-"Die hierfür nötigen Menüeinträge sind die oberen vier (in den oberen zwei "
-"Gruppen)."
+"Sie können Benutzer hinzufügen, sie in Bentzergruppen gruppieren (zum "
+"Beispiel um auf die Personen einer Klasse einfacher zugreifen zu können), "
+"sie aktualisieren und wieder entfernen. Die hierfür nötigen Menüeinträge "
+"sind die oberen vier (in den oberen zwei Gruppen)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Benutzer hinzufügen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2356,95 +2411,95 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lehrer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:774
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:765
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:781
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
"Administratoren haben besondere Rechte. Sie können Benutzer, Gruppen, "
-"Maschinen und Automounts hinzufügen, ändern oder löschen und Windows "
-"Systeme in die Skolelinux Domäne einbinden."
+"Maschinen und Automounts hinzufügen, ändern oder löschen und Windows Systeme "
+"in die Skolelinux Domäne einbinden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
-"Nachdem Sie eine geeignete Rolle gewählt haben, können Sie den "
-"Knopf \"Speichern\" drücken, und der Benutzer wird hinzugefügt."
+"Nachdem Sie eine geeignete Rolle gewählt haben, können Sie den Knopf "
+"\"Speichern\" drücken, und der Benutzer wird hinzugefügt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:777
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:798
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
-"Wenn alles gut gegangen ist, werden Sie eine kleine Nachricht am Ende "
-"der Seite sehen mit den Daten, die ins LDAP Verzeichnis eingetragen "
-"wurden (zusätzlich wird das Eingabeformular zurückgesetzt)."
+"Wenn alles gut gegangen ist, werden Sie eine kleine Nachricht am Ende der "
+"Seite sehen mit den Daten, die ins LDAP Verzeichnis eingetragen wurden "
+"(zusätzlich wird das Eingabeformular zurückgesetzt)."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2458,12 +2513,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Benutzer suchen und löschen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:811
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2475,34 +2530,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
"user belongs to."
msgstr ""
-"Es wird eine neue Seite angezeigt, auf der Sie die Informationen, "
-"die zu einem Benutzer gehören, verändern können, das Passwort "
-"ändern oder die Liste der Gruppen, zu denen der Benutzer gehört, "
-"abändern können."
+"Es wird eine neue Seite angezeigt, auf der Sie die Informationen, die zu "
+"einem Benutzer gehören, verändern können, das Passwort ändern oder die Liste "
+"der Gruppen, zu denen der Benutzer gehört, abändern können."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppenverwaltung mit lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:820
+#: release-manual.xml:833
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2511,19 +2565,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2534,81 +2588,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:846
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:859
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:865
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2617,21 +2671,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:903
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:896 release-manual.xml:929 release-manual.xml:965
-#: release-manual.xml:1061 release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1689
-#: release-manual.xml:1715 release-manual.xml:1817 release-manual.xml:1842
-#: release-manual.xml:1849 release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2191
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1685 release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1722 release-manual.xml:1824 release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2639,12 +2692,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:918
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2653,7 +2706,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2661,7 +2714,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2672,14 +2725,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2690,31 +2743,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:952
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2722,13 +2775,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:962
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2736,7 +2789,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2746,7 +2799,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2761,14 +2814,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2779,12 +2832,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:988
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:990
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2792,12 +2845,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2807,7 +2860,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2815,12 +2868,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2832,7 +2885,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2844,12 +2897,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2859,24 +2912,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2886,14 +2939,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2901,7 +2954,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2910,19 +2963,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2931,7 +2984,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2940,60 +2993,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1073
-msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
-msgid ""
-"You may copy the whole backup over to another computer in the same network "
-"using:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
-msgid ""
-"ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf - /"
-"skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
-msgid ""
-"This takes the hole home0 and saves it on the other computer av a tar.gz "
-"file. How to deal with the tar.gz file: <ulink url='http://www.gzip."
-"org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid "Server Monitoring"
@@ -3152,7 +3178,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1159
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
@@ -3406,7 +3433,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1264
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3575,7 +3603,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1326
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
@@ -3675,7 +3704,8 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1371
#, fuzzy
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
@@ -3723,7 +3753,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1395
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3855,7 +3886,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1452
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
@@ -3962,13 +3994,34 @@ msgid ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+msgid ""
+"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
+"grow to."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1508
+msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3976,17 +4029,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3998,12 +4051,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4013,7 +4066,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4021,19 +4074,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4041,7 +4094,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4054,7 +4107,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4063,7 +4116,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1557
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4094,12 +4147,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586 release-manual.xml:2129 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588 release-manual.xml:2131 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2138 release-manual.xml:2222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4115,7 +4168,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Anwenderspezifischen <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink> hierhin schieben!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
@@ -4123,65 +4176,65 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1632
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4189,7 +4242,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4200,7 +4253,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4208,12 +4261,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4221,14 +4274,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4237,19 +4290,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -4258,21 +4311,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4281,7 +4334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692 release-manual.xml:1718 release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:1699 release-manual.xml:1725
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4290,14 +4343,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4305,12 +4358,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1707
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4318,12 +4372,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4331,12 +4385,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4344,7 +4398,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4352,12 +4406,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4365,17 +4419,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4383,12 +4437,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4396,14 +4450,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4411,19 +4465,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1753
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4431,17 +4485,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4450,17 +4504,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1786
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4470,7 +4524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4479,14 +4533,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4497,19 +4551,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4518,12 +4572,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4535,19 +4589,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4556,22 +4610,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4579,7 +4633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4587,19 +4641,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4607,12 +4661,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4620,21 +4674,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" * # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4642,19 +4696,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4662,12 +4716,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4675,22 +4729,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4699,21 +4753,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4723,12 +4777,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4741,26 +4795,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1927
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4774,7 +4828,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4784,12 +4838,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1927
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4800,7 +4854,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4810,12 +4864,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4824,12 +4878,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4840,7 +4894,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4851,7 +4905,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4860,7 +4914,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4871,22 +4925,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963 release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2053
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4896,56 +4950,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1978 release-manual.xml:1981
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:2062 release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:1996 release-manual.xml:2069 release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4956,48 +5010,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5005,18 +5060,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5026,7 +5081,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5035,7 +5090,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5043,34 +5098,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5078,29 +5134,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5110,7 +5166,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5119,12 +5175,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5132,21 +5188,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5155,116 +5211,101 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Übersetzungen </"
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
-msgid "moodle"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
+msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
-msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
-msgid "Monitoring pupils"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
-"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
-"students."
+"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
+"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
+"create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on "
+"any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a "
+"single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in "
+"France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:2167
-msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
-"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
+msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
-msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
-#, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
-"apt-get install italc\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
-msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
+msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
-"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
-"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
-"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
-msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
+"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
-"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
-"system."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Restricting pupils network access ==\n"
+"\n"
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Installing swi-prolog on etch ==\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{swi-prolog}}} was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with {{{apt-get}}} is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{\n"
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
@@ -5275,14 +5316,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5290,23 +5331,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5315,7 +5356,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5326,12 +5367,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5339,7 +5380,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5347,19 +5388,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2286
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5368,7 +5409,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5376,12 +5417,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5390,7 +5431,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5401,7 +5442,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5410,7 +5451,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5421,22 +5462,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5444,7 +5485,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5452,12 +5493,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5465,7 +5506,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5474,24 +5515,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5502,29 +5543,29 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5535,12 +5576,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5548,12 +5589,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5567,7 +5608,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5580,19 +5621,19 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5604,12 +5645,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
-"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
+"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
+"Sicking and Kai Hatje and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde von Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, "
"Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin and Ralf Gesellensetter geschrieben undist "
@@ -5617,7 +5658,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -5629,12 +5670,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5645,13 +5686,13 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5661,7 +5702,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5676,7 +5717,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5685,14 +5726,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -5705,7 +5746,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
@@ -5716,19 +5757,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2453
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2458
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5740,25 +5781,25 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5767,7 +5808,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5776,7 +5817,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5785,7 +5826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2482
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5793,17 +5834,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5812,12 +5853,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5831,7 +5872,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5842,7 +5883,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5854,14 +5895,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5870,7 +5911,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5878,7 +5919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5887,7 +5928,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5902,7 +5943,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2522
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5916,7 +5957,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5925,7 +5966,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5934,7 +5975,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5943,7 +5984,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5952,7 +5993,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5963,7 +6004,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5973,7 +6014,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5987,7 +6028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5997,7 +6038,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6009,7 +6050,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6022,7 +6063,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6034,7 +6075,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6051,7 +6092,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6059,7 +6100,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6073,14 +6114,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6092,7 +6133,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6101,7 +6142,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6113,7 +6154,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6126,12 +6167,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6145,7 +6186,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2593
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6159,42 +6200,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2593
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2605
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6206,122 +6247,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2616
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643 release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2631 release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2638
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2651
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6330,36 +6371,51 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2704
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
-
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+#~ "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
+#~ "development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
+#~ "whose out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-"
+#~ "network In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is "
+#~ "schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skolelinux ist die sich in der Entwicklung befindliche <ulink url='http://"
+#~ "wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </"
+#~ "ulink> (CDD) des Debian Edu Projekts.Dies bedeutet, Skolelinux ist eine "
+#~ "vorkonfigurierte Version von Debian, die Ihnen ein komplett "
+#~ "eingerichtetes Schulnetzwerk zur Verfügung stellt. In Norwegen, wo die "
+#~ "Entwicklung von Skolelinux begann, ist die Hauptzielgruppe Schulen mit "
+#~ "Schülern im Alter von 6 bis 16 Jahren."
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index d3d35b2..dd801ae 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-23 11:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-12 13:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2473
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -71,41 +71,41 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Acerca de DebianEdu y Skolelinux"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:23
-#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
-"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
-"development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose "
-"out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-network "
-"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
-"serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
+"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
+"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux es el proyecto Debian-edu <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
-"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) en "
-"desarollo. Esto significa que Skolelinux es una versión de Debian lista para "
-"dar una red de una escuela totalmente configurada nada más instalarlo.En "
-"Noruega, donde Skolelinux comenzó, el principal grupo de usuarios son "
-"colegios para alumnos entre 6 y 16 años)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:29
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
-"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
+"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
+"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
+"countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and "
+"France."
msgstr ""
"El sistema se usa en varios paises por todo el mundo, aunque la mayoría "
"están en Noruega, Alemania y Francia."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:31
+#: release-manual.xml:34
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arquitectura"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:33
+#: release-manual.xml:36
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
@@ -115,24 +115,24 @@ msgstr ""
"proporcionados por una instalación Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:37
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Red"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:43
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:48
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:52
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor no afecta al resto de los servicios de red."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:51
+#: release-manual.xml:54
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgstr ""
"alias DNS de ese servicio a la máquina correcta."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:56
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
@@ -189,12 +189,12 @@ msgstr ""
"separado)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:61
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Servicios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:63
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ msgstr ""
"en esa máquina)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:62
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plano."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:67
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
@@ -251,90 +251,90 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección ip."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:70
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:68
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:72
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:76
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:87
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows y clientes Macintosh."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:89
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mediante POP3 o IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:88
+#: release-manual.xml:91
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la base de datos de usuario centralizada para autenticación y autorización."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acceso a Internet individualmente para cada puesto."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:95
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de los clientes ligeros no interfiere con el resto de los servicios de red)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aceptar sólo mensajes entrantes desde la red local."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr ""
"todos los puestos de la red pueden usarlo como su servidor de DNS principal."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:101
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"el servidor web se puede programar."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:100
+#: release-manual.xml:103
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"correo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:102
+#: release-manual.xml:105
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr ""
"individuales o grupos de usuarios mediante los sistemas de administración."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:104
+#: release-manual.xml:107
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la red tiene la hora correcta."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:109
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
@@ -521,12 +521,13 @@ msgstr ""
"las impresoras."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
-msgid "Thin client services"
+#: release-manual.xml:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
@@ -542,7 +543,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Project (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -559,12 +560,11 @@ msgstr ""
"XDMCP, asegurando que todos los programas se ejecutan en el servidor LTSP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:119
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
-"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
-"clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify "
-"which client is logged onto what on the central server?)"
+"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
"EL servidor de cliente ligero está configurado para recibir los logs de los "
"clientes ligeros y reenviarlos al servidor central. (Vaya, si los clientes "
@@ -572,42 +572,64 @@ msgstr ""
"identificar que cliente está haciendo qué cosa en el servidor central?)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:124
#, fuzzy
-msgid "LowFat (diskless) Workstations"
+msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:126
msgid ""
-"A lowfat workstation runs all software on the PC without locally installed "
-"operating system. This means that client machines boots direcly from the "
-"servers hard drive without running software installed on the local hard "
-"drive. The lowfat workstation setup is not a new consept. It was first used "
-"by Novell around 20 years ago booting Windows PC's over the network. Now "
-"lowfat workstations is a part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) "
-"introduced with version 5.0."
+"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
+"or half-thick clients are also used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid ""
-"Lowfat workstations is an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
-"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. With lowfat workstations all "
-"applications are run locally on the client PC. Software is administered and "
+"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
+"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
+"from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local "
+"hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
+"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
"maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the "
-"clients. Home directory and system settings are stored on the server. "
-"Recomended requirement are 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz CPU or more. Local "
-"swapdisk is recommended, expesially when running multimedia applications etc."
+"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Networked clients"
+msgstr "Requisitos"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
+"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
+"Windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:145
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -620,7 +642,7 @@ msgstr ""
"acceso completo a todos los puestos."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -633,7 +655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"que la automatización distribuya los cambios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -644,17 +666,17 @@ msgstr ""
"y es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:142 release-manual.xml:339
+#: release-manual.xml:156 release-manual.xml:351
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:158
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Se puede instalar tanto desde un CD como un DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:160
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -665,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr ""
"instalación del DVD funciona sin acceder a Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -681,12 +703,12 @@ msgstr ""
"después de la instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:167
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:155
+#: release-manual.xml:169
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -703,7 +725,7 @@ msgstr ""
"algunos no deberían ser accesibles por nadie que no fuera el usuario."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:157
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -715,7 +737,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:161
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -743,7 +765,7 @@ msgstr ""
"grupo de usuarios X=7)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:178
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
@@ -776,7 +798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"como otros han resuelto los mismos problemas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:180
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -791,7 +813,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:187
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
@@ -802,18 +824,18 @@ msgstr ""
"así que el privilegio máximo para"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
+#: release-manual.xml:189
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:181
+#: release-manual.xml:195
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "notas sueltas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:183
+#: release-manual.xml:197
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
@@ -821,26 +843,26 @@ msgstr ""
"Estas son varias notas de cosas que deberían incluirse en este documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:184
+#: release-manual.xml:198
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:185
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:200
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
@@ -853,113 +875,113 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:198
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Características"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Características nuevas en la versión \"3.0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:217
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:218
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Características nuevas en la versión \"3.0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:211
+#: release-manual.xml:225
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:218
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:219
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:237
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:225
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:240
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:244
#, fuzzy
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr ""
@@ -967,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ligeros </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -975,20 +997,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:246
#, fuzzy
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDs para i386, amd64 y powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:249
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -999,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:257
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1007,70 +1029,70 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:264
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Características de la versión 2.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:252
+#: release-manual.xml:266
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:267
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:277
#, fuzzy
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Características de la versión \"1.0 venus\""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:278
#, fuzzy
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Características de la versión 2.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:280
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:267
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:289
msgid ""
"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -1078,12 +1100,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1098,21 +1120,21 @@ msgstr ""
"puestos de cliente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:299
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1120,7 +1142,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:304
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1128,82 +1150,82 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:307
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:308
#, fuzzy
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:316
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
-"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
-"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
-"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
-"variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
+"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
+"minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, "
+"the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/"
+"ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
msgstr ""
"para puestos sin discos, que también son conocidos como clientes <ulink "
"url='/LowFat'>LowFat </ulink> los requisitos mínimos son 256 Mb de RAM y 800 "
"MHz de cpu. Se necesita también swap."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
"POR HACER: añadir enlaces a las explicaciones del servidor principal y "
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:322
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
@@ -1215,18 +1237,18 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:327
#, fuzzy
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Requisitos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:331
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:333
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
@@ -1238,7 +1260,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dirección IP 10.0.2.1 en el interfaz interno."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:335
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -1252,7 +1274,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:331
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1263,12 +1285,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:343
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:357
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
@@ -1284,13 +1306,13 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:347 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2224
-#: release-manual.xml:2259 release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2247 release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:352
+#: release-manual.xml:364
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1301,18 +1323,18 @@ msgstr ""
"disponible en su manual de instalación."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:358
+#: release-manual.xml:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Descargar un formato de instalación para Debian-edu etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:362
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDs para i386, amd64 y powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1321,106 +1343,106 @@ msgstr ""
"de estos métodos:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:366
+#: release-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:369
+#: release-manual.xml:381
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:372
+#: release-manual.xml:384
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:389
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "o con el cd netinstall puedes descargarla para i386"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:394
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:397
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:402
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:404
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:407
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:410
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:417
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:420
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:423
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:428
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
@@ -1434,38 +1456,38 @@ msgstr ""
"no ser soportada como las demás arquitecturas."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:432
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:435
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:438
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:437
+#: release-manual.xml:449
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1474,24 +1496,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:439 release-manual.xml:520 release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1881
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:447
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Instalación desde CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:449
+#: release-manual.xml:461
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1501,52 +1523,52 @@ msgstr ""
"el resto desde la red. La cantidad de paquetes a descargar depende del pefil:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:452
+#: release-manual.xml:464
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:466
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:459
+#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Opciones de instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:466
+#: release-manual.xml:478
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
@@ -1565,7 +1587,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ponemos por defecto van estupendamente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:480
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1574,7 +1596,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:471
+#: release-manual.xml:483
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1584,7 +1606,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1593,7 +1615,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1603,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
@@ -1612,22 +1634,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:504
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:508
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1635,12 +1657,12 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1649,13 +1671,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
#, fuzzy
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "Instalación"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1664,38 +1686,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:516
#, fuzzy
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "Sevicios de clientes ligeros"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:517
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
-"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core."
+"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
+"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid "standalone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "barebone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1705,7 +1731,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:529
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1713,18 +1739,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:530
msgid ""
"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1735,33 +1761,22 @@ msgstr ""
"obligatorio <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "wait"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:541
msgid "be happy"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
-msgstr ""
-"POR CORREGIR: esta sección necesita información sobre como instalar clientes "
-"semigruesos, que estamos anunciando como una gran mejora...! Clientes "
-"semigruesos (o estaciones de trabajo sin disco, o clientes adelgazados) se "
-"configuran después de la instalación, siguiendo el tutorial para ello."
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1772,12 +1787,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1788,7 +1803,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:544
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1797,12 +1812,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:552
+#: release-manual.xml:565
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -1811,7 +1826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -1823,7 +1838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:578
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1831,77 +1846,77 @@ msgstr ""
"servidor de clientes ligeros"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:586
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:592
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:640
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -1910,48 +1925,48 @@ msgstr ""
"resolución para este pantallazo."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:667
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:684
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:686
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
@@ -1963,17 +1978,17 @@ msgstr ""
"las cosas que todo el mundo tiene que hacer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:689
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servicios que corren en el servidor principal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -1982,13 +1997,13 @@ msgstr ""
"interfaz web. Los describiremos aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:702
#, fuzzy
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1996,31 +2011,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:705
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:707
#, fuzzy
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Donde encontrar más información"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:708
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Administración"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2028,24 +2043,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
@@ -2060,38 +2075,38 @@ msgstr ""
"de la instalación su nombre de usuario es:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
#, fuzzy
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2101,14 +2116,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:727
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2116,12 +2131,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2135,7 +2150,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2143,7 +2158,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:752
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2151,78 +2166,78 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:774
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:765
+#: release-manual.xml:778
#, fuzzy
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:781
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:777
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:798
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2232,12 +2247,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:811
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2249,12 +2264,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2262,18 +2277,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
#, fuzzy
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:820
+#: release-manual.xml:833
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2282,20 +2297,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
#, fuzzy
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestión de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2306,14 +2321,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:846
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2321,7 +2336,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:850
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2329,7 +2344,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:854
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2337,32 +2352,32 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:859
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:865
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:877
#, fuzzy
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2370,17 +2385,17 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:889
#, fuzzy
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2388,14 +2403,14 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2404,21 +2419,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:903
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:896 release-manual.xml:929 release-manual.xml:965
-#: release-manual.xml:1061 release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1689
-#: release-manual.xml:1715 release-manual.xml:1817 release-manual.xml:1842
-#: release-manual.xml:1849 release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2191
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1685 release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1722 release-manual.xml:1824 release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2426,12 +2440,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:918
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2440,7 +2454,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2448,7 +2462,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2459,14 +2473,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2477,31 +2491,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:952
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2509,13 +2523,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:962
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2523,7 +2537,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2533,7 +2547,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2548,14 +2562,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2566,12 +2580,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:988
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:990
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2579,12 +2593,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Gestión de impresoras"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
@@ -2600,7 +2614,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debería accederse a este sitio sin usar ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2608,12 +2622,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2625,7 +2639,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2637,12 +2651,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2652,17 +2666,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Mantenimiento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Actualizar el software"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
@@ -2670,7 +2684,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "documentar como usar aptitude upgrade /kde-update-notifier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2680,14 +2694,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2695,7 +2709,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2704,19 +2718,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2729,7 +2743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"introducir la contraseña de root. Si intenta acceder sin ssl no funcionará."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2738,28 +2752,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
@@ -2768,34 +2782,6 @@ msgstr ""
"mejor"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1073
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
-msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
-msgid ""
-"You may copy the whole backup over to another computer in the same network "
-"using:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
-msgid ""
-"ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf - /"
-"skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
-msgid ""
-"This takes the hole home0 and saves it on the other computer av a tar.gz "
-"file. How to deal with the tar.gz file: <ulink url='http://www.gzip."
-"org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Monitorización del Servidor"
@@ -3890,13 +3876,34 @@ msgid ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+msgid ""
+"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
+"grow to."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1508
+msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3904,12 +3911,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3917,7 +3924,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3929,12 +3936,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -3944,7 +3951,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3952,19 +3959,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -3972,7 +3979,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3985,7 +3992,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -3994,7 +4001,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1557
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4025,12 +4032,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586 release-manual.xml:2129 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588 release-manual.xml:2131 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2138 release-manual.xml:2222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4046,73 +4053,73 @@ msgstr ""
"mover los de los usuarios <ulink url='/HowTos'>HowTos </ulink>aquí."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "Administración de Usuarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
#, fuzzy
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "modificar el modo Kiosk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
#, fuzzy
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1632
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4120,7 +4127,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4131,7 +4138,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4139,12 +4146,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4152,14 +4159,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4168,19 +4175,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4192,7 +4199,7 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
@@ -4202,7 +4209,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4211,7 +4218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4220,7 +4227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692 release-manual.xml:1718 release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:1699 release-manual.xml:1725
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4229,14 +4236,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4244,13 +4251,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1707
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4258,12 +4265,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4271,12 +4278,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4284,7 +4291,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4292,12 +4299,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4305,18 +4312,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4324,12 +4331,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4337,14 +4344,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4352,19 +4359,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1753
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4372,17 +4379,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4395,17 +4402,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1786
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4415,7 +4422,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4424,14 +4431,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4442,19 +4449,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4463,12 +4470,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4480,19 +4487,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4501,22 +4508,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4524,7 +4531,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4532,19 +4539,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4552,12 +4559,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4565,21 +4572,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" * # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4587,19 +4594,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4607,12 +4614,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4620,23 +4627,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4649,7 +4656,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4658,14 +4665,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4680,12 +4687,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4706,7 +4713,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4716,20 +4723,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1927
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4743,7 +4750,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4759,12 +4766,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1927
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4775,7 +4782,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4785,12 +4792,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4799,12 +4806,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4815,7 +4822,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4826,7 +4833,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4835,7 +4842,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4846,22 +4853,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963 release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2053
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4871,56 +4878,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1978 release-manual.xml:1981
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:2062 release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:1996 release-manual.xml:2069 release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4931,49 +4938,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4981,18 +4988,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5002,7 +5009,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5011,7 +5018,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5019,36 +5026,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5056,29 +5063,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5088,7 +5095,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5097,12 +5104,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -5114,21 +5121,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5137,116 +5144,101 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
"<ulink url='/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Traducciones </"
"ulink> de este documento"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
-msgid "moodle"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
+msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
-msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
-msgid "Monitoring pupils"
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
-"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
-"students."
+"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
+"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
+"create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on "
+"any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a "
+"single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in "
+"France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:2167
-msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
-"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
-"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
+msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
-msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
-"apt-get install italc\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
-msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
+msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
-"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
-"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
-"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
-msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
+"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
+"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
-"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
-"system."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Restricting pupils network access ==\n"
+"\n"
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Installing swi-prolog on etch ==\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{swi-prolog}}} was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with {{{apt-get}}} is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{\n"
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
@@ -5257,14 +5249,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5275,23 +5267,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5300,7 +5292,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5311,13 +5303,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5325,7 +5317,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5333,20 +5325,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2286
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5355,7 +5347,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5363,13 +5355,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5378,7 +5370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -5394,7 +5386,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5403,7 +5395,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5414,23 +5406,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5442,7 +5434,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5450,13 +5442,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5468,7 +5460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5481,18 +5473,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5503,7 +5495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5513,18 +5505,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5534,13 +5526,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5550,12 +5542,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5566,12 +5558,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5584,7 +5576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5596,12 +5588,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5610,7 +5602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5620,18 +5612,18 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
-"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
+"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
+"Sicking and Kai Hatje and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traducción a alemán es copyright 2007 de Holger Levsen y está bajo la "
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -5641,12 +5633,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5657,13 +5649,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5673,7 +5665,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5687,7 +5679,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5696,14 +5688,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5712,26 +5704,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2453
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2458
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5745,25 +5737,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5776,7 +5768,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5785,7 +5777,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5794,7 +5786,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2482
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5802,17 +5794,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5821,12 +5813,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5840,7 +5832,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5851,7 +5843,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5863,14 +5855,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5879,7 +5871,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5887,7 +5879,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5896,7 +5888,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5911,7 +5903,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2522
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5925,7 +5917,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5934,7 +5926,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5943,7 +5935,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5952,7 +5944,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5961,7 +5953,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5972,7 +5964,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5982,7 +5974,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5996,7 +5988,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6006,7 +5998,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6018,7 +6010,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6031,7 +6023,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6043,7 +6035,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6060,7 +6052,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6068,7 +6060,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6082,14 +6074,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6101,7 +6093,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6110,7 +6102,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6122,7 +6114,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6135,7 +6127,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6143,7 +6135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6157,7 +6149,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2593
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6171,42 +6163,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2593
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2605
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6218,7 +6210,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6226,7 +6218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2616
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6234,7 +6226,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -6242,108 +6234,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643 release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2631 release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2638
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2651
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6352,38 +6344,79 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2704
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
msgstr ""
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+#~ "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
+#~ "development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
+#~ "whose out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-"
+#~ "network In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is "
+#~ "schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skolelinux es el proyecto Debian-edu <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+#~ "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) en "
+#~ "desarollo. Esto significa que Skolelinux es una versión de Debian lista "
+#~ "para dar una red de una escuela totalmente configurada nada más "
+#~ "instalarlo.En Noruega, donde Skolelinux comenzó, el principal grupo de "
+#~ "usuarios son colegios para alumnos entre 6 y 16 años)."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation "
+#~ "howto."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "POR CORREGIR: esta sección necesita información sobre como instalar "
+#~ "clientes semigruesos, que estamos anunciando como una gran mejora...! "
+#~ "Clientes semigruesos (o estaciones de trabajo sin disco, o clientes "
+#~ "adelgazados) se configuran después de la instalación, siguiendo el "
+#~ "tutorial para ello."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
+#~ msgstr "Gestión de las copias de seguridad"
+
+# type: CDATA
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get install italc\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
+
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid ""
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index 19849c5..f8a85b3 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-23 11:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-12 13:00+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-28 23:45+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra versione 3.0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -37,12 +37,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
-"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>."
+"Questo documento è stato inserito nel pacchetto <computeroutput>debian-edu-"
+"doc </computeroutput> il <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:11
@@ -76,36 +77,38 @@ msgstr "Debian Edu e Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid ""
-"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
-"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
-"development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose "
-"out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-network "
-"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
-"serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
+"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
+"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux è Debian Edu che fa parte del progetto <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
-"net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
-"sviluppo. Questo significa che Skolelinux è una versione di Debian subito "
-"operativa che permette di avere una rete completamente configurata nella "
-"scuola. In Norvegia, dove è nato Skolelinux, è utilizzato prevalentemente "
-"da scuole con alunni di 6-16 anni."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
-"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
+"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
+"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
+"countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and "
+"France."
msgstr ""
"La distribuzione è usata anche in altri paesi del mondo, soprattutto in "
"Norvegia, Germania e Francia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:31
+#: release-manual.xml:34
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Architettura"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:33
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
@@ -114,26 +117,27 @@ msgstr ""
"messi a disposizione dalla installazione di Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:37
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid "Network"
msgstr "La rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:43
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>allegato:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:48
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
msgstr ""
-"(Il pacchetto sorgente <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>"
-"contiene questa immagine come file <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput>.)"
+"(Il pacchetto sorgente <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
+"computeroutput>contiene questa immagine come file <computeroutput>dia </"
+"computeroutput>.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -144,16 +148,16 @@ msgid ""
"traffic between the thin-clients and the thin-client server doesn't affect "
"the rest of the network services."
msgstr ""
-"La figura è il modello scelto per la topologia di rete. Il setup di "
-"default di una rete Skolelinux presuppone uno e un solo server principale , "
-"con workstation e thin -client-servers (con thin-clients) collegati. Il "
-"numero delle workstation può essere più o meno grande (si può partire da "
-"nove a più). Lo stesso vale per il numero dei thin-client-server, ognuno dei "
-"quali sviluppa una propria rete separata in modo tale che il traffico tra "
-"thin-client e thin-client-server non influenza il resto dei servizi di rete."
+"La figura è il modello scelto per la topologia di rete. Il setup di default "
+"di una rete Skolelinux presuppone uno e un solo server principale , con "
+"workstation e thin -client-servers (con thin-clients) collegati. Il numero "
+"delle workstation può essere più o meno grande (si può partire da nove a "
+"più). Lo stesso vale per il numero dei thin-client-server, ognuno dei quali "
+"sviluppa una propria rete separata in modo tale che il traffico tra thin-"
+"client e thin-client-server non influenza il resto dei servizi di rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:51
+#: release-manual.xml:54
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -169,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr ""
"del DNS, puntando alla macchina giusta con l'alias DNS del servizio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -185,12 +189,12 @@ msgstr ""
"documentato separatamente)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:61
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Servizi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -210,11 +214,12 @@ msgstr ""
"thin-client-server sulla stessa macchina. Tutti i servizi hanno un nome-DNS "
"dedicato e viaggiano su IPV4. I nomi DNS servono per trasferire i servizi "
"dal server principale a altre macchine semplicemente fermando il servizio "
-"sul server principale e cambiando la configurazione DNS che deve puntare alla nuova "
-"locazione del servizio che naturalmente prima dovrebbe essere installato sulla macchina scelta."
+"sul server principale e cambiando la configurazione DNS che deve puntare "
+"alla nuova locazione del servizio che naturalmente prima dovrebbe essere "
+"installato sulla macchina scelta."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:62
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -224,7 +229,7 @@ msgstr ""
"criptate e nessuna password è inviata in solo testo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -244,92 +249,92 @@ msgstr ""
"così che le scuole possano cambiare dominio o indirizzo IP facilmente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr "Logging centralizzato [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:70
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:68
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr "Configurazione automatica delle macchine della rete (DHCP) [bootps]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:72
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr "Directory Home via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti (lwat)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr "Backup centrale (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr "Stampa (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr "Login remoto (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr "Configurazione automatica [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
msgstr ""
"Controllo delle macchine e dei servizi con il report degli errori, più lo "
-"stato e la storia su Web. Report degli errori attraverso E-mail (munin,nagios e "
-"site-summary)"
+"stato e la storia su Web. Report degli errori attraverso E-mail (munin,"
+"nagios e site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -345,7 +350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Macintosh."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:89
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -356,20 +361,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Di default le e-mail sono impostate per la posta locale (all'interno della "
"scuola), sebbene la spedizione di e-mail attraverso internet può essere "
-"configurata se la scuola ha un ip fisso. Sono configurate anche mailing list basate "
-"sul data base degli utenti: ogni classe ha una sua mailing list. I client "
-"sono predisposti per spedire la posta al server (usando smarthost), e gli utenti "
-"possono accedere alle loro email sia attraverso POP3 che IMAP."
+"configurata se la scuola ha un ip fisso. Sono configurate anche mailing list "
+"basate sul data base degli utenti: ogni classe ha una sua mailing list. I "
+"client sono predisposti per spedire la posta al server (usando smarthost), e "
+"gli utenti possono accedere alle loro email sia attraverso POP3 che IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:88
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
-msgstr "Tutti i servizi sono accessibili usando stesso username e password in quanto il data base di autenticazione e autorizzazione è centralizzato ."
+msgstr ""
+"Tutti i servizi sono accessibili usando stesso username e password in quanto "
+"il data base di autenticazione e autorizzazione è centralizzato ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -378,10 +385,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Per incrementare la performance sui siti più frequentati è usato un proxy "
"web (Squid) che archivia i file localmente. Insieme con il blocco del "
-"traffico nel router il proxy permette il controllo su Internet per macchine singole."
+"traffico nel router il proxy permette il controllo su Internet per macchine "
+"singole."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -396,7 +404,7 @@ msgstr ""
"interferisca con il resto dei servizi di rete)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -407,7 +415,7 @@ msgstr ""
"accettare solamente i messaggi provenienti dalla rete locale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -415,12 +423,12 @@ msgid ""
"can use it as the main DNS Server."
msgstr ""
"Di default il server DNS è configurato per un dominio per un uso interno "
-"solamente (*.intern) e può essere settato per un dominio reale (\"esterno\"). Il server DNS è "
-"configurato come un server caching in modo che tutte le macchine della rete "
-"possono usarlo come dominio principale."
+"solamente (*.intern) e può essere settato per un dominio reale (\"esterno"
+"\"). Il server DNS è configurato come un server caching in modo che tutte le "
+"macchine della rete possono usarlo come dominio principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -435,7 +443,7 @@ msgstr ""
"possibilità di programmare dal lato server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:100
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -456,7 +464,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ret e avere lo stesso namespace dei gruppi di utenti e delle mailing list."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:102
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -464,11 +472,12 @@ msgid ""
"user groups will be made possible by the administration systems."
msgstr ""
"L'amministrazione dei servizi e degli utenti avverranno via web, seguiranno "
-"gli standard e funzioneranno bene con i browser che sono parte di Skolelinux. La delega di alcuni compiti a utenti o a gruppi di utenti "
+"gli standard e funzioneranno bene con i browser che sono parte di "
+"Skolelinux. La delega di alcuni compiti a utenti o a gruppi di utenti "
"saranno possibili da parte dell'amministrazione dei sistemi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:104
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -486,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"orologio via NTP su Internet, così che l'intera rete abbia lo stesso orario."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -501,12 +510,13 @@ msgstr ""
"controllo di accesso per le stampanti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
-msgid "Thin client services"
+#: release-manual.xml:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "I servizi dei thin client"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:115
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
"This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the "
@@ -516,12 +526,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"La configurazione del thin client permette a un PC di funzionare come un "
"terminale (X-). Questo significa che la macchina si inizializza attraverso "
-"un dischetto o direttamente dal server con una scheda-PROM (o PXE) senza usare il "
-"disco fisso locale. Viene usato per questo servizio Linux Terminal Server "
-"Project (LTSP)."
+"un dischetto o direttamente dal server con una scheda-PROM (o PXE) senza "
+"usare il disco fisso locale. Viene usato per questo servizio Linux Terminal "
+"Server Project (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -538,12 +548,11 @@ msgstr ""
"programmi sono eseguiti nel server LTSP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:119
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
-"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
-"clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify "
-"which client is logged onto what on the central server?)"
+"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
"Il thin client server è configurato per ricevere il syslog dai thin clients "
"e inoltrare questo messaggio al syslog principale. (Oops, se i thin clients "
@@ -552,45 +561,81 @@ msgstr ""
"centrale?)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
-msgid "LowFat (diskless) Workstations"
+#: release-manual.xml:124
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Workstation LowFat (senza disco)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
+"or half-thick clients are also used."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:128
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"A lowfat workstation runs all software on the PC without locally installed "
-"operating system. This means that client machines boots direcly from the "
-"servers hard drive without running software installed on the local hard "
-"drive. The lowfat workstation setup is not a new consept. It was first used "
-"by Novell around 20 years ago booting Windows PC's over the network. Now "
-"lowfat workstations is a part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) "
-"introduced with version 5.0."
+"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
+"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
+"from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local "
+"hard drive."
msgstr ""
-"Le workstation lowfat eseguono tutto il software nel PC senza avere installato alcun localmente alcun sistema operativo. Questo vuol dire che le macchine fanno il boot direttamente dal disco fisso dei server senza eseguire alcun software installato sul disco fisso locale. Questo tipo di workstation non è un concetto nuovo. Fu usato all'inizio da Novell circa 20 anni fa per PC Windows sulla rete. Ora queste workstation sono parte del Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) "
-"introdotte col versione 5.0."
+"Le workstation lowfat eseguono tutto il software nel PC senza avere "
+"installato alcun localmente alcun sistema operativo. Questo vuol dire che le "
+"macchine fanno il boot direttamente dal disco fisso dei server senza "
+"eseguire alcun software installato sul disco fisso locale. Questo tipo di "
+"workstation non è un concetto nuovo. Fu usato all'inizio da Novell circa 20 "
+"anni fa per PC Windows sulla rete. Ora queste workstation sono parte del "
+"Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) introdotte col versione 5.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:130
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Lowfat workstations is an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
-"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. With lowfat workstations all "
-"applications are run locally on the client PC. Software is administered and "
+"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
+"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
"maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the "
-"clients. Home directory and system settings are stored on the server. "
-"Recomended requirement are 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz CPU or more. Local "
-"swapdisk is recommended, expesially when running multimedia applications etc."
+"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
+msgstr ""
+"Le workstation lowfat sono un modo eccellente di riutilizzare hardware più "
+"nuovo con lo stesso basso costo di manutenzione dei thin client. Con le "
+"workstations lowfat tutte le applicazioni che si eseguono localmente sono "
+"amministrate e mantenute sul server senza installare nella macchina alcun "
+"software. Le directory home e la configurazione del sistema è archiviata sul "
+"server. I requisisti raccomandati sono 256 MB di RAM e una CPU di 800 MHz o "
+"più. E' raccomandata anche una partizione di swap locale specialmente quando "
+"si usano applicazioni multimediali etc."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Networked clients"
+msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
+"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
+"Windows."
msgstr ""
-"Le workstation lowfat sono un modo eccellente di riutilizzare hardware più nuovo con lo stesso basso costo di manutenzione dei thin client. Con le workstations lowfat tutte le applicazioni che si eseguono localmente sono amministrate e mantenute sul server senza installare nella macchina alcun software. Le directory home e la configurazione del sistema è archiviata sul server. "
-"I requisisti raccomandati sono 256 MB di RAM e una CPU di 800 MHz o più. E' raccomandata anche una partizione di swap locale specialmente quando si usano applicazioni multimediali etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:145
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -598,10 +643,12 @@ msgid ""
"access to the machines"
msgstr ""
"Tutte le macchine linux che sono installate con un CD o un DVD Skolelinux, "
-"saranno amministrate da un computer centrale, probabilmente il server. Sarà possibile collegarsi alle macchine con pieno accesso attraverso il servizio ssh ."
+"saranno amministrate da un computer centrale, probabilmente il server. Sarà "
+"possibile collegarsi alle macchine con pieno accesso attraverso il servizio "
+"ssh ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -614,7 +661,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiamenti saranno distribuiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -625,17 +672,17 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione degli utenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:142 release-manual.xml:339
+#: release-manual.xml:156 release-manual.xml:351
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:158
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "L'installazione è possibile sia con il CD che il DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:160
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -645,7 +692,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dalla rete. L'installazione da DVD non richiede l'accesso a Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -661,12 +708,12 @@ msgstr ""
"l'amministratore di sistema dopo la prima installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:167
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Configurazione dell'accesso al file system"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:155
+#: release-manual.xml:169
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -683,7 +730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dovrebbero essere accessibili solo all'utente stesso."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:157
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -703,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr ""
"esigenze di utilizzo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:161
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -731,7 +778,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dovesse avere l'iniziale accesso alla lettura allora X=7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:178
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -755,17 +802,17 @@ msgstr ""
"metodo incoraggia la condivisione della conoscenza e rende il sistema più "
"trasparente, il secondo metodo diminuisce il rischio della diffusione non "
"voluta di informazioni. Il problema con la prima soluzione è che non è "
-"esplicitato che il materiale creato sarà accessibile a tutti gli utenti. Questo "
-"è verificabile attraverso la visualizzazione di tutte le directory degli "
-"utenti da cui si può vedere che tutti i file hanno accesso in lettura. Il "
-"problema con la seconda soluzione è che sono pochi gli utenti che sanno "
+"esplicitato che il materiale creato sarà accessibile a tutti gli utenti. "
+"Questo è verificabile attraverso la visualizzazione di tutte le directory "
+"degli utenti da cui si può vedere che tutti i file hanno accesso in lettura. "
+"Il problema con la seconda soluzione è che sono pochi gli utenti che sanno "
"rendere accessibile in lettura i propri file e se questi non contengono "
"informazioni sensibili il loro contenuto potrebbe essere utile per gli "
"utenti che vogliono imparare a risolvere problemi che già altri hanno "
"risolto. (typically configuration issues)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:180
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -791,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all'occorrenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:187
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -802,24 +849,27 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> è 755."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
-msgstr "- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
+#: release-manual.xml:189
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgstr ""
+"- accesso alle home directory (*~/.)? - home directory - directory condivise?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:181
+#: release-manual.xml:195
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "note a caso"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:183
+#: release-manual.xml:197
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
-msgstr "Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
+msgstr ""
+"Queste sono note a caso che dovrebbero essere incluse in questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:184
+#: release-manual.xml:198
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
@@ -828,7 +878,7 @@ msgstr ""
"controllare quali gruppi hanno accesso a quali macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:185
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
@@ -837,12 +887,12 @@ msgstr ""
"per questi gruppi (accesso negato a Internet via squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:200
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr "Si dovrebbe considerare di usare un nome DNS come da RFC 2606."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
@@ -863,121 +913,127 @@ msgstr ""
"lasciare queste note di copyright. </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:198
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Caratteristiche"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 5-12-2007 \"3.0r1 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:217
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
-msgstr "la documentazione è migliorata con traduzioni aggiornate in Tedesco, Norvegese, Bokmal e Italiano"
+msgstr ""
+"la documentazione è migliorata con traduzioni aggiornate in Tedesco, "
+"Norvegese, Bokmal e Italiano"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:218
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
-msgstr "Sono stati corretti più di 40 bug, con migliorie e aggiornamenti di sicurezza rispetto alla versione 3.0r0"
+msgstr ""
+"Sono stati corretti più di 40 bug, con migliorie e aggiornamenti di "
+"sicurezza rispetto alla versione 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Nuove caratteristiche nella versione del 22-07-2007 \"3.0 Terra\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:211
+#: release-manual.xml:225
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basata su Debian 4.0 Etch rilasciata l'8-04-2007."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Installazione grafica con il supporto del mouse"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Boot splash con usplash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "LSB 3.1 compatibile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Supporto per i controller e hard disk SATA"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:218
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org version 7.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:219
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "KDE ambiente desktop versione 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org versione 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:237
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Il tracciamento automatico delle macchine installate con Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:225
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr "Configurazione automatica di munin usando i dati da Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:240
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
-msgstr "Controllo automatico della versione dei file di configurazione in /etc/ con l'uso di svk."
+msgstr ""
+"Controllo automatico della versione dei file di configurazione in /etc/ con "
+"l'uso di svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
"La grandezza dei file system può essere estesa quando il file system è "
"montato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Supporto automatico nell'estendere il file system basato su regole "
"predefinite."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Supporto dei dispositivi locali sui thin clients."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
@@ -989,12 +1045,12 @@ msgstr ""
"subarchitecture)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD multi-architettura per i386, amd64 e powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
@@ -1004,7 +1060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"senza l'accesso Internet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:249
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1021,7 +1077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"richiede <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:257
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1032,67 +1088,67 @@ msgstr ""
"installare swi-prolog in etch."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:264
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Caratteristiche di 2.0 versione 14-03-2006"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basato su Debian 3.1 Sarge rilasciata il 06-06-2005."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:252
+#: release-manual.xml:266
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.6.8."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:267
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE versione 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:277
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Caratteristiche di \"1.0 Venus\" versione 20-06-2004"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basata su Debian 3.0 Woody rilasciata il 19-07-2002."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Linux kernel versione 2.4.26."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:280
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 versione 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:267
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE versione 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr "Maggiori informazioni sulle vecchie versioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:289
msgid ""
"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -1103,12 +1159,12 @@ msgstr ""
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Requisiti tecnici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1122,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurazione per i componenti di rete, server e macchine client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:299
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
@@ -1131,7 +1187,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(quando si usa l'architettura di rete di default)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
@@ -1140,7 +1196,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386, amd64 o powerpc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
@@ -1151,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a translucent case"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:304
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1161,17 +1217,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profilo <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>- installato"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:307
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr "workstation e/o thin client (LTSP) server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:308
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "thin client"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
@@ -1180,17 +1236,17 @@ msgstr ""
"l'architettura di rete di default:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr "eth0 connessa alla rete principale (10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) al servizio dei thin-client"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
@@ -1199,7 +1255,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sarà sufficiente. Come al solito più grande è meglio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
@@ -1208,43 +1264,44 @@ msgstr ""
"necessaria"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
-"per le workstation o per i Pc standalone, 450-Mhz, 256 MiB RAM e 8 GiB di spazio "
-"disco sono il minimo richiesto"
+"per le workstation o per i Pc standalone, 450-Mhz, 256 MiB RAM e 8 GiB di "
+"spazio disco sono il minimo richiesto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:316
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
-"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
-"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
-"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
-"variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
+"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
+"minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, "
+"the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/"
+"ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
msgstr ""
-"per le workstation senza disco (conosciute anche come LowFat clients) "
-"256 MB RAM e 800 MHz sono raccomandati come requisiti minimi. La memoria di "
-"swap è caricata automaticamente dalla rete: la sua grandezza è di 32mb, se "
-"ce ne vuole di più si può editare il file /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf su tjener "
-"e configurare la variabile SIZE."
+"per le workstation senza disco (conosciute anche come LowFat clients) 256 MB "
+"RAM e 800 MHz sono raccomandati come requisiti minimi. La memoria di swap è "
+"caricata automaticamente dalla rete: la sua grandezza è di 32mb, se ce ne "
+"vuole di più si può editare il file /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf su tjener e "
+"configurare la variabile SIZE."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr "per i Laptop 256 MB RAM e 450 MHz sono i requisiti minimi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
"FIXME: aggiungere collegamenti alla spiegazione del server principale e dei "
"thinclient-server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -1255,17 +1312,17 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Requisiti di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:331
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr "Router Internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:333
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -1278,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sarà usato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:335
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -1297,10 +1354,11 @@ msgstr ""
"url='http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware'> per l'hardware supportato </"
"ulink>. Se si ha BSD unix, <ulink url='http://www.pfsense.org/'>pfsense </"
"ulink> e <ulink url='http://m0n0.ch/wall/'>m0n0wall </ulink> sono buone "
-"scelte. Anche se essendo sviluppate in BSD, pensiamo che siano adattiper amministratori con maggiore esperienza."
+"scelte. Anche se essendo sviluppate in BSD, pensiamo che siano adattiper "
+"amministratori con maggiore esperienza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:331
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1309,18 +1367,19 @@ msgid ""
"you stay with the default <link linkend=\"Architecture\">network "
"architecture</link>."
msgstr ""
-"E' possibile usare una diversa configurazione di rete, seguendo questa <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/"
-"ChangeIpSubnet'>procedura documentata</ulink>. Se non siamo costretti a "
-"configurare una rete esistente, conviene attenersi alla <link linkend="
-"\"Architecture\">architettura di rete</link> di default."
+"E' possibile usare una diversa configurazione di rete, seguendo questa "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>procedura "
+"documentata</ulink>. Se non siamo costretti a configurare una rete "
+"esistente, conviene attenersi alla <link linkend=\"Architecture"
+"\">architettura di rete</link> di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:343
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Dove trovare maggiori informazioni"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:357
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -1335,13 +1394,13 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:347 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2224
-#: release-manual.xml:2259 release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2247 release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:352
+#: release-manual.xml:364
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1352,26 +1411,26 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibili nel suo manuale di installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:358
+#: release-manual.xml:370
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Download del supporto di installazione per Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:362
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVD per i386, amd64 e powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
msgstr ""
-"L'immagine multiarchitettura del dvd ISO è grande 4.4 GiB. Per fare il download, usa uno di questi "
-"metodi:"
+"L'immagine multiarchitettura del dvd ISO è grande 4.4 GiB. Per fare il "
+"download, usa uno di questi metodi:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:366
+#: release-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1380,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:369
+#: release-manual.xml:381
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1389,7 +1448,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:372
+#: release-manual.xml:384
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1398,12 +1457,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:389
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "o per il cd netinstall si può fare il download per i386"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1412,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:394
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1421,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:397
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1430,12 +1489,12 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:402
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:404
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1444,7 +1503,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:407
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1453,7 +1512,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:410
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1462,12 +1521,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr "e powerpc (adattato per la sub-architettura newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:417
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1476,7 +1535,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:420
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1485,7 +1544,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:423
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1494,25 +1553,25 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:428
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
"consider the port an experimental release of Debian Edu, which we might not "
"be able to support as the other archs."
msgstr ""
-"L'architettura powerpc non è stata testata come le altre architetture, sebbene "
-"dovrebbe funzionare bene. Si considera il pacchetto per questa architettura "
-"una versione sperimentale di Debian Edu, che non potrebbe essere supportata "
-"come le altre achitetture."
+"L'architettura powerpc non è stata testata come le altre architetture, "
+"sebbene dovrebbe funzionare bene. Si considera il pacchetto per questa "
+"architettura una versione sperimentale di Debian Edu, che non potrebbe "
+"essere supportata come le altre achitetture."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Il codice sorgente di questa versione è disponibile come immagine DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:432
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1521,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:435
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1530,7 +1589,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:438
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
@@ -1539,12 +1598,12 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r1.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr "Richiesta di un CD/DVD con mail"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:437
+#: release-manual.xml:449
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1557,12 +1616,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sul dettagglio dei pagamenti (per l'invio dei media) <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:439 release-manual.xml:520 release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1881
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
@@ -1571,12 +1630,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spedito il CD o il DVD nella email."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:447
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installazione da CD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:449
+#: release-manual.xml:461
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1587,52 +1646,52 @@ msgstr ""
"profilo scelto:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Main server: 8 di 115 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Main server e Thin client server: 618 di 1082 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:452
+#: release-manual.xml:464
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Main server e Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Thin client server: 618 di 1052 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:466
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Workstation: 618 di 1051 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Standalone: 618 di 1020 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB da scaricare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:459
+#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr "I profili sono spiegati in seguito."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Opzioni di intallazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:466
+#: release-manual.xml:478
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1645,11 +1704,11 @@ msgstr ""
"Non avere paura non sono molte. Abbiamo dedicato molte energie per "
"nascondere la complessità di Debian durante e dopo l'installazione. Anche "
"se, Debian Edu è una Debian, e se si vuole si può scegliere tra più di 15000 "
-"pacchetti e un billione di ozioni di configurazioni. Per la maggioranza degli "
-"utenti, però le opzioni di default dovrebbero andar bene."
+"pacchetti e un billione di ozioni di configurazioni. Per la maggioranza "
+"degli utenti, però le opzioni di default dovrebbero andar bene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:480
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1658,11 +1717,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"L'installazione grafica è il default per i386 e amd64. L'installazione "
"powerpc non supporta l'installazione grafica. Digita <computeroutput>install "
-"</computeroutput> al prompt del boot per avere una installazione i386 nel modo "
-"testo."
+"</computeroutput> al prompt del boot per avere una installazione i386 nel "
+"modo testo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:471
+#: release-manual.xml:483
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1670,14 +1729,14 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput> or <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </"
"computeroutput> at the syslinux/yaboot prompt to enter expert mode."
msgstr ""
-"L'opzione di boot <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> aggiunge "
-"il profilo barebone alle opzioni di profilo, e seleziona il partizionamento "
-"manuale. Digita <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert </"
-"computeroutput> o <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </"
+"L'opzione di boot <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert</computeroutput> "
+"aggiunge il profilo barebone alle opzioni di profilo, e seleziona il "
+"partizionamento manuale. Digita <computeroutput>installgui debian-edu-expert "
+"</computeroutput> o <computeroutput>install debian-edu-expert </"
"computeroutput> al prompt di syslinux/yaboot per selezionare il modo esperto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1690,7 +1749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>amd64-expertgui </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1698,48 +1757,53 @@ msgid ""
"multiarch DVD defaults to use amd64-installgui on x86 64-bits machines, and "
"installgui on x86 32-bits machines."
msgstr ""
-"Se si vuole avviare i386 con il DVD multiarchitettura su una "
-"macchina amd64 occorre selezionare manualmente <computeroutput>install "
-"</computeroutput> (modo testo) o <computeroutput>expertgui </computeroutput> "
-"(modo grafico). L'installazione di default del DVD usa amd64-installgui su "
-"macchine x86 64-bit, e installgui su macchine x86 32-bit."
+"Se si vuole avviare i386 con il DVD multiarchitettura su una macchina amd64 "
+"occorre selezionare manualmente <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> "
+"(modo testo) o <computeroutput>expertgui </computeroutput> (modo grafico). "
+"L'installazione di default del DVD usa amd64-installgui su macchine x86 64-"
+"bit, e installgui su macchine x86 32-bit."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
"Add <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </"
"computeroutput> as additional boot-option."
-msgstr "Se si è già installato il profilo mainserver su una macchina, si può usare il suo servizio proxy per velocizzare l'installazione da CD. Occorre aggiungere <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> come opzione addizionale di boot."
+msgstr ""
+"Se si è già installato il profilo mainserver su una macchina, si può usare "
+"il suo servizio proxy per velocizzare l'installazione da CD. Occorre "
+"aggiungere <computeroutput>d-i mirror/http/proxy string "
+"http://10.0.2.2:3128/ </computeroutput> come opzione addizionale di boot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:504
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr "Scegliere una lingua (per l'installazione e installare il sistema)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr "Scegliere un time-zone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
+msgstr ""
+"Scegliere una mappa di tastiera (in genere la tastiera di default va bene)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:508
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Scegliere un profilo</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "server"
msgstr "server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1753,12 +1817,12 @@ msgstr ""
"principale per ogni scuola!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "workstation"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1771,28 +1835,34 @@ msgstr ""
"dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "thin client server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:517
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
-"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core."
+"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
+"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
"I server thin client (e le workstation senza disco). I client che non hanno "
"disco si avviano e eseguono il software attraverso questo server. Questo "
-"computer ha bisogno di due schede di rete, molta memoria, sarebbe l'ideale se ci fosse più di un processore."
+"computer ha bisogno di due schede di rete, molta memoria, sarebbe l'ideale "
+"se ci fosse più di un processore."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "computer fuori rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
@@ -1801,12 +1871,12 @@ msgstr ""
"laptop."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "barebone"
msgstr "barebone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1821,7 +1891,7 @@ msgstr ""
"manualmente dal server principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:529
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1832,19 +1902,20 @@ msgstr ""
"workstation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+#: release-manual.xml:530
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"rispondi yes al partizionamento automatico, questo distruggerà tutti i dati "
"negli hard disk!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr "rispondere yes a partman"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1855,27 +1926,22 @@ msgstr ""
"non è necessario <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "wait"
msgstr "aspettare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:541
msgid "be happy"
msgstr "be happy"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
-msgstr "FIXME: questa sezione ha bisogno di un collegamento all'howto dell'installazione delle workstation senza disco."
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr "Una nota sul partizionamento manuale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1893,12 +1959,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi alla rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "Una nota sui notebooks"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1915,25 +1981,25 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre scegliereil profilo standalone."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:544
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
"server when in the network) with <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, "
"but there is currently no howto available for this."
msgstr ""
-"E' possibile riconfigurare la workstation per inserire l'autenticazione nella "
-"cache e fare un sync delle directory home al disco locale (e fare resync al "
-"server quando è nella rete) con <computeroutput>unison </computeroutput>, ma "
-"a oggi non ci sono howto per questo argomento."
+"E' possibile riconfigurare la workstation per inserire l'autenticazione "
+"nella cache e fare un sync delle directory home al disco locale (e fare "
+"resync al server quando è nella rete) con <computeroutput>unison </"
+"computeroutput>, ma a oggi non ci sono howto per questo argomento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr "Una nota sull'installazione da DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:552
+#: release-manual.xml:565
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -1947,7 +2013,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installati:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -1960,84 +2026,85 @@ msgstr ""
"deb http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux etch local]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+#: release-manual.xml:578
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
-"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-"
-"client-server"
+"Schermi di esempio per una installazione i386 server principale+ thin-client-"
+"server"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:586
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:592
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:640
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2046,17 +2113,17 @@ msgstr ""
"risoluzione di questa immagine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:667
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Partiamo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2065,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"partire. Questo è il minimo da fare:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2074,12 +2141,12 @@ msgstr ""
"directories via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2088,33 +2155,33 @@ msgstr ""
"devono essere aggiunti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:684
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Questo è descritto in seguito."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
"stuff everybody needs to do."
msgstr ""
"La sezione <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> descrive altri accorgimenti "
-"e trucchi e risposte alle domande frequenti, mentre questa sezione descrive quello "
-"che tutti devono fare."
+"e trucchi e risposte alle domande frequenti, mentre questa sezione descrive "
+"quello che tutti devono fare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:689
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Servizi attivi sul server principale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2123,12 +2190,12 @@ msgstr ""
"modificati attraverso l'interfaccia web. Descriveremo qui ogni servizio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Amministrare via web con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2140,55 +2207,57 @@ msgstr ""
"(aggiungere, modificare, cancellare):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:705
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione degli utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione dei gruppi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:707
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Informazioni su Automount"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
"atleast 2 facts:"
msgstr ""
"Per accedere a lwat scrivere l'indirizzo sul browser <ulink url='https://www/"
-"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. Si può visualizzare un messaggio di errore per almeno"
-"due motivi:"
+"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. Si può visualizzare un messaggio di errore "
+"per almenodue motivi:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "il certificato è self-signed"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "Il certificato è generato da tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
-msgstr "si può avere un errore se l'installazione è vecchia più di un mese, dato che il certificato è valido solo per un mese."
+msgstr ""
+"si può avere un errore se l'installazione è vecchia più di un mese, dato che "
+"il certificato è valido solo per un mese."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2196,18 +2265,20 @@ msgid ""
"admin account. If you visit this site the first time after installation, the "
"loginname there is:"
msgstr ""
-"Si dovrebbe visualizzare la pagina sottostante che ha un menu a sinistra e la parte principale della pagina sulla destra. Per prima cosa si dovrebbe vedere una finestra di login "
-"dove occorre collegarsi con l'acconto di amministratore. Se si accede per la "
-"prima volta dopo l'installazione, il nome di login è:"
+"Si dovrebbe visualizzare la pagina sottostante che ha un menu a sinistra e "
+"la parte principale della pagina sulla destra. Per prima cosa si dovrebbe "
+"vedere una finestra di login dove occorre collegarsi con l'acconto di "
+"amministratore. Se si accede per la prima volta dopo l'installazione, il "
+"nome di login è:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2216,26 +2287,26 @@ msgstr ""
"root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
-"Dopo il login la finestra di login scomparirà e si può scegliere tra le varie "
-"voci nel menu."
+"Dopo il login la finestra di login scomparirà e si può scegliere tra le "
+"varie voci nel menu."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione degli utenti con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2244,13 +2315,13 @@ msgid ""
"then available on all systems of the network."
msgstr ""
"In Debian Edu le informazioni sugli account sono archiviate in una directory "
-"LDAP e sono usate non solo dal server principale, ma anche dalle workstation e "
-"dai thinclient server nella rete. In questo modo le informazioni sugli "
+"LDAP e sono usate non solo dal server principale, ma anche dalle workstation "
+"e dai thinclient server nella rete. In questo modo le informazioni sugli "
"studenti, allievi, insegnanti, ... devono essre inserite una sola volta e "
"sono disponibili su tutti i sistemi della rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2259,7 +2330,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utenti nella directory LDAP."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:727
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2267,15 +2338,16 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Si possono aggiungere utenti, collegarli a gruppi di utenti (per esempio "
"riferirsi agli elementi di una classe facilmente), aggiornarli e cancellarli "
-"di nuovo. Le scelte del menu sono quattro principali (nei due gruppi principali)."
+"di nuovo. Le scelte del menu sono quattro principali (nei due gruppi "
+"principali)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Aggiungere utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2290,50 +2362,50 @@ msgstr ""
"Per aggiungere utenti bisogna solo scegliere \"Add\" nella parte del menu "
"\"Users\". Dopo aver fatto questa scelta si vedrà una scheda dove occorre "
"inserire i dati dell'utente che si vuole aggiungere. La cosa più importante "
-"da fare è inserire il nome completo dell'utente (punto 1 nella figura sottostante). "
-"Come si inseriscono i dati si vedrà lwat generare un username basato sul "
-"nome reale. Se l'account automatico non ci va bene si può cambiare più "
-"tardi. Come seconda cosa occorre scegliere il profilo dell'account, che è "
-"usato da lwat per determinare i privilegi dell'utente per il "
-"systemadministration. A oggi lwat conosce i profili seguenti:"
+"da fare è inserire il nome completo dell'utente (punto 1 nella figura "
+"sottostante). Come si inseriscono i dati si vedrà lwat generare un username "
+"basato sul nome reale. Se l'account automatico non ci va bene si può "
+"cambiare più tardi. Come seconda cosa occorre scegliere il profilo "
+"dell'account, che è usato da lwat per determinare i privilegi dell'utente "
+"per il systemadministration. A oggi lwat conosce i profili seguenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>profilo</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>privilegi concessi </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Login e uso del sistema"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Insegnanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Lo stesso di studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jrAdmins"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:774
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2342,12 +2414,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(una specie di Amministratori)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:765
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Amministratori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:781
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2357,28 +2429,30 @@ msgstr ""
"di collegarsi al dominio Skolelinux"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver scelto un profilo si può scegliere il pulsante \"Save\" e l'utente è "
-"aggiunto al sistema."
+"Dopo aver scelto un profilo si può scegliere il pulsante \"Save\" e l'utente "
+"è aggiunto al sistema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:777
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
-msgstr "L'opzione di impostare la password, è stata disattivata, ma si può definire una propria password modificando l'utente aggiunto."
+msgstr ""
+"L'opzione di impostare la password, è stata disattivata, ma si può definire "
+"una propria password modificando l'utente aggiunto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:798
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2388,7 +2462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ldap (altrimenti la scheda si resetta):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2402,12 +2476,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare utenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:811
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2418,36 +2492,42 @@ msgid ""
"it, all result lines are links to the modify page."
msgstr ""
"Per modificare o cancellare un utente occorre prima trovarlo usando search "
-"nelle scelte del menu. Nella scheda che appare (searcharea nella figura) occorre scrivere il nome reale dell'utente o il suo username. I risultati verranno mostrati sotto la scheda (resultarea nella figura). Alla sinistra di ogni risultato c'è un checkbox che si può usare per "
-"cancellare o disabilitare uno o più utenti con i due pulsanti sotto. Se si "
-"vuole modificare un utente, occorre cliccarci sopra, tutti i risultati sono "
+"nelle scelte del menu. Nella scheda che appare (searcharea nella figura) "
+"occorre scrivere il nome reale dell'utente o il suo username. I risultati "
+"verranno mostrati sotto la scheda (resultarea nella figura). Alla sinistra "
+"di ogni risultato c'è un checkbox che si può usare per cancellare o "
+"disabilitare uno o più utenti con i due pulsanti sotto. Se si vuole "
+"modificare un utente, occorre cliccarci sopra, tutti i risultati sono "
"collegamenti alla pagina di modifica."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
"user belongs to."
-msgstr "Una nuova pagina mostrerà dove modificare le informazioni dell'utente come cambiare la password dell'utente o modificare la lista dei gruppi ai quali è collegato."
+msgstr ""
+"Una nuova pagina mostrerà dove modificare le informazioni dell'utente come "
+"cambiare la password dell'utente o modificare la lista dei gruppi ai quali è "
+"collegato."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione dei gruppi con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:820
+#: release-manual.xml:833
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2460,7 +2540,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nella pagina di modifica si può avere accesso a tutti gli utenti del gruppo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2469,12 +2549,12 @@ msgstr ""
"usare questo strumento anche per i permessi dei file."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gestione delle macchine con lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2485,82 +2565,82 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Con l'amministrazione delle macchine si controllano tutti gli IP degli "
"apparati della rete Debian Edu. Ogni macchina aggiunta alla directory LDAP "
-"con lwat ha un nome, un indirizzo-IP, un indirizzo-MAC e un nome "
-"di dominio che in genere è \"intern\". Per una descrizione più completa "
+"con lwat ha un nome, un indirizzo-IP, un indirizzo-MAC e un nome di dominio "
+"che in genere è \"intern\". Per una descrizione più completa "
"dell'architettura di Debian Edu consulta la sezione <link linkend="
"\"Architecture\">architettura</link> di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
-"Se si aggiunge una macchina, si può usare un ip/hostname da uno"
-"spazio di nomi prefigurato. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
+"Se si aggiunge una macchina, si può usare un ip/hostname da unospazio di "
+"nomi prefigurato. I seguenti intervalli di ip sono predefiniti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:846
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Primo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Ultimo indirizzo </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>nome dell'host </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:859
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:865
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2569,7 +2649,7 @@ msgstr ""
"riservati per il dhcp e sono assegnati dinamicamente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2577,42 +2657,41 @@ msgid ""
"configuration."
msgstr ""
"Per assegnare a un host con il MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 un indirizzo "
-"statico occorre inserire il MAC-address e il nome dell'host, nel nostro esempio"
-"static00, mentre i campi rimanenti saranno completati automaticamente "
+"statico occorre inserire il MAC-address e il nome dell'host, nel nostro "
+"esempiostatic00, mentre i campi rimanenti saranno completati automaticamente "
"secondo la configurazione predefinita."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:903
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:896 release-manual.xml:929 release-manual.xml:965
-#: release-manual.xml:1061 release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1689
-#: release-manual.xml:1715 release-manual.xml:1817 release-manual.xml:1842
-#: release-manual.xml:1849 release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2191
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1685 release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1722 release-manual.xml:1824 release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
"by hand as shown directly below."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Questa macchina non avrà l'indirizzo IP dal "
-"server dhcp. Bisogna configurare l'host staticamente o modificare la "
-"configurazione del server dhcp come mostrato sotto."
+"</inlinemediaobject> Questa macchina non avrà l'indirizzo IP dal server "
+"dhcp. Bisogna configurare l'host staticamente o modificare la configurazione "
+"del server dhcp come mostrato sotto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Assegnare un ip statico con dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:918
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2625,18 +2704,18 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
"<emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. You should find something exactly like this:"
msgstr ""
"Per il nostro esempio si dovrebbe, dopo aver aperto /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf "
-"con un editor, cercare la sezione <emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. "
-"Si dovrebbe vedere una cosa simile a questa:"
+"con un editor, cercare la sezione <emphasis>static00 </emphasis>. Si "
+"dovrebbe vedere una cosa simile a questa:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2652,7 +2731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2661,7 +2740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"statico. Ecco come dovrebbe essere nel nostro esempio:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2677,7 +2756,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2686,46 +2765,54 @@ msgstr ""
"descritto sopra tutte le volte che si cambia la configurazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Cercare e cancellare macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:952
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
-msgstr "Cercare e cancellare le macchine è simile a cercare e cancellare utenti e la procedura qui, non viene indicatata."
+msgstr ""
+"Cercare e cancellare le macchine è simile a cercare e cancellare utenti e la "
+"procedura qui, non viene indicatata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr "Modificare macchine esistenti / Gestione del Netgroup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
"(as you would with users)."
-msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto una macchina a ldap usando lwat, si può modificarne le proprietà usando la funzione search cliccando sulla macchina desiderata (come per gli utenti)."
+msgstr ""
+"Dopo aver aggiunto una macchina a ldap usando lwat, si può modificarne le "
+"proprietà usando la funzione search cliccando sulla macchina desiderata "
+"(come per gli utenti)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:962
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
"informations do mean different things in this context."
-msgstr "La scheda relativa al collegamento della macchina è simile a quella già vista per modificare le proprietà dell'utente, ma le informazioni hanno un altro significato in questo contesto."
+msgstr ""
+"La scheda relativa al collegamento della macchina è simile a quella già "
+"vista per modificare le proprietà dell'utente, ma le informazioni hanno un "
+"altro significato in questo contesto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2734,11 +2821,13 @@ msgid ""
"server."
msgstr ""
"Per esempio, quando si aggiunge una macchina a un <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
-"computeroutput> non si modificano i permessi di quella macchina (o degli utenti che si collegano da quella macchina) ma si indica quali file o programmi sono disponibili per quella macchina sul server. "
-"E' qualcosa di più che limitare i servizi che una macchina può usare sul server principale."
+"computeroutput> non si modificano i permessi di quella macchina (o degli "
+"utenti che si collegano da quella macchina) ma si indica quali file o "
+"programmi sono disponibili per quella macchina sul server. E' qualcosa di "
+"più che limitare i servizi che una macchina può usare sul server principale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2751,22 +2840,30 @@ msgid ""
"kinds of machines properly in the ldap tree using lwat and configuring them "
"to use the static IPs from ldap."
msgstr ""
-"L'installazione di default mette a disposizione quattro <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
-"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
-"server-hosts. Al momento la funzionalità <computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput>"
-"è attivabile solo per NFS. Le directory home sono esportate dal server principale e sono montate dalle workstation e dai server-ltsp. Per ragioni di sicurezza solo macchine che appartengono ai <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts e server-hosts possono montare le condivisioni esportate NFS. Così è molto importante ricordarsi di ben configurare questa tipologia di macchine nell'albero ldap attraverso lwat usando un indirizzo statico da ldap."
+"L'installazione di default mette a disposizione quattro "
+"<computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-"
+"hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts. Al momento la funzionalità "
+"<computeroutput>NetGroup </computeroutput>è attivabile solo per NFS. Le "
+"directory home sono esportate dal server principale e sono montate dalle "
+"workstation e dai server-ltsp. Per ragioni di sicurezza solo macchine che "
+"appartengono ai <computeroutput>NetGroups </computeroutput> workstation-"
+"hosts, ltsp-server-hosts e server-hosts possono montare le condivisioni "
+"esportate NFS. Così è molto importante ricordarsi di ben configurare questa "
+"tipologia di macchine nell'albero ldap attraverso lwat usando un indirizzo "
+"statico da ldap."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> Ricordarsi di configurare con attenzione le workstation e i server-ldap "
-"con lwat, o gli utenti non potranno accedere alle loro home directory."
+"</inlinemediaobject> Ricordarsi di configurare con attenzione le workstation "
+"e i server-ldap con lwat, o gli utenti non potranno accedere alle loro home "
+"directory."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2775,33 +2872,37 @@ msgid ""
"domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux "
"network see FIXME: add link."
msgstr ""
-"Un'altra importante parte della configurazione delle macchine è la casella 'Samba host' "
-"(nella sezione 'Host information'). Se si progetta di aggiungere macchine Windows "
-"al dominio Samba di Skolelinux, occorre aggiungere l'host Windows a ldap e settare questa casella per permettere alla macchina di collegarsi al dominio. Per maggiori informazioni su come aggiungere macchine Windows alla rete Skolelinux FIXME: aggiungere collegamento."
+"Un'altra importante parte della configurazione delle macchine è la casella "
+"'Samba host' (nella sezione 'Host information'). Se si progetta di "
+"aggiungere macchine Windows al dominio Samba di Skolelinux, occorre "
+"aggiungere l'host Windows a ldap e settare questa casella per permettere "
+"alla macchina di collegarsi al dominio. Per maggiori informazioni su come "
+"aggiungere macchine Windows alla rete Skolelinux FIXME: aggiungere "
+"collegamento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:988
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Altra documentazione lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:990
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
"lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
msgstr ""
"L'intera documentazione per lwat può essere trovata in <computeroutput>/usr/"
-"share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> del server principale o <ulink url='http://bzz."
-"no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
+"share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> del server principale o <ulink url='http://"
+"bzz.no/lwat/download/doc/'>online </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Amministrazione delle stampanti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2810,27 +2911,29 @@ msgid ""
"you will be forced to use ssl encryption."
msgstr ""
"Per l'amministrazione delle stampanti si può puntare con il browser web a "
-"<ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> Questo è l'indirizzo di cups dove si possono aggiungere/cancellare/modficare stampanti e pulire le "
-"code di stampa. Per fare cambiamenti occorre loggarsi come root, con il "
+"<ulink url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> Questo è l'indirizzo "
+"di cups dove si possono aggiungere/cancellare/modficare stampanti e pulire "
+"le code di stampa. Per fare cambiamenti occorre loggarsi come root, con il "
"protocollo che usa la criptazione ssl."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
"do when this does not accomplish anything."
msgstr ""
"Se si connette una stampante per la prima volta si consiglia di lanciare "
-"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> come root. FIXME: spiegare che cosa fare quando questo non funziona."
+"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> come root. FIXME: spiegare che "
+"cosa fare quando questo non funziona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Sincronizzazione dell'orologio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2843,11 +2946,13 @@ msgstr ""
"La configurazione di default in Debian Edu è di avere gli orologi in tutte "
"le macchine sincronizzati, ma non necessariamente con l'orario corretto. Il "
"servizio NTP è usato per aggiornare il tempo. Per essere sicuri che le "
-"macchine non usino connessioni esterne di rete sempre attive, gli orologi di default non "
-"saranno sincronizzati con una fonte esterna. Questa configurazione si è resa necessaria dopo che una scuola scoprì che aveva la sua rete ISDN occupata tutto il tempo, per telefonate extra."
+"macchine non usino connessioni esterne di rete sempre attive, gli orologi di "
+"default non saranno sincronizzati con una fonte esterna. Questa "
+"configurazione si è resa necessaria dopo che una scuola scoprì che aveva la "
+"sua rete ISDN occupata tutto il tempo, per telefonate extra."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2866,12 +2971,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Partizioni estese piene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2886,17 +2991,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">nella sezione amministrazione</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Manutenzione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Aggiornare il software"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -2905,7 +3010,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> e kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2921,7 +3026,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disponibile)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -2930,7 +3035,7 @@ msgstr ""
"notifier. FIXME: Occorre spiegare, forse con uno screenshot."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2941,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr ""
"configurarli mandando una mail all'indirizzo che stai leggendo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2955,7 +3060,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -2964,12 +3069,12 @@ msgstr ""
"cambiamenti effettuati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Gestione del Backup"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -2983,7 +3088,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssl si ottiene un errore."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -2992,11 +3097,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Di default verrà fatto il backup di <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> e ldap in /skole/"
-"backup che è nel volume lvm. Se si vuole duplicare le informazioni (nel caso fosse "
-"cancellato qualcosa) questo strumento è molto utile."
+"backup che è nel volume lvm. Se si vuole duplicare le informazioni (nel caso "
+"fosse cancellato qualcosa) questo strumento è molto utile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3005,7 +3110,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installa da etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3014,7 +3119,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli hard disk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
@@ -3024,42 +3129,13 @@ msgstr ""
"esistente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
-msgstr "FIXME: Occorre dare un'occhiata alla pagina web di slbackup-php per descrivere come fare"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1073
-msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
-msgstr "Gestione manuale del Backup"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
-msgid ""
-"You may copy the whole backup over to another computer in the same network "
-"using:"
-msgstr "Si può copiare l'intero backup su un altro computer nella stessa rete usando:"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
-msgid ""
-"ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf - /"
-"skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
-msgstr ""
-"ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf - /"
-"skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
-msgid ""
-"This takes the hole home0 and saves it on the other computer av a tar.gz "
-"file. How to deal with the tar.gz file: <ulink url='http://www.gzip."
-"org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"Questo comando prende l'intera home0 e la salva su un altro computer come file tar.gz . Per avere informazioni su come trattare i file tar.gz: <ulink url='http://www.gzip."
-"org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
+"FIXME: Occorre dare un'occhiata alla pagina web di slbackup-php per "
+"descrivere come fare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1086
@@ -3115,8 +3191,9 @@ msgid ""
"Information about the munin system is available from <ulink url='http://"
"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
msgstr ""
-"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema munin sono disponibili a <ulink url='http://"
-"munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </ulink> ."
+"Maggiori informazioni sul sistema munin sono disponibili a <ulink "
+"url='http://munin.projects.linpro.no/'>http://munin.projects.linpro.no/ </"
+"ulink> ."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1105
@@ -3192,8 +3269,8 @@ msgid ""
"A simple report from sitesummary is available from <ulink url='https://www/"
"sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"Un semplice report del sommario del sito è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink url='https://"
-"www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
+"Un semplice report del sommario del sito è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink "
+"url='https://www/sitesummary/'>https://www/sitesummary/ </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1134
@@ -3202,9 +3279,9 @@ msgid ""
"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink url='http://wiki."
-"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/"
-"HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
+"Altra documentazione su sitesummary è disponibile all'indirizzo <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary'>http://wiki.debian."
+"org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1142
@@ -3223,8 +3300,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Prima di spiegare come aggiornare occorre fare attenzione che "
"l'aggiornamento in un server funzionante è fatto a proprio rischio . "
"<emphasis role='strong'>Debian Edu/Skolelinux viene aggiornato ASSOLUTAMENTE "
-"SENZA GARANZIA, secondo l'uso di legge. </emphasis> Per favore "
-"leggi questo capitolo fino alla fine prima di cominciare ad aggiornare."
+"SENZA GARANZIA, secondo l'uso di legge. </emphasis> Per favore leggi questo "
+"capitolo fino alla fine prima di cominciare ad aggiornare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1147
@@ -3274,7 +3351,8 @@ msgstr "Aggiornamento da Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1159
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Occorre leggere completamente questo capitolo prima di cominciare a fare "
"l'aggiornamento del sistema."
@@ -3294,8 +3372,9 @@ msgstr ""
"org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>releasenotes per Debian etch </ulink>. "
"(Debian Edu/Skolelinux \"2.0 Terra\" installato con il kernel 2.6 come "
"default, ma se si sta lavorando con il kernel 2.4, <emphasis>occorrerebbe </"
-"emphasis> leggere <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/"
-"stable/i386/release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'> le avvertenze sull'aggiornamento dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
+"emphasis> leggere <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/i386/"
+"release-notes/ch-information.en.html#s-upgrade-to-2.6'> le avvertenze "
+"sull'aggiornamento dal kernel 2.4 a 2.6 </ulink> prima di installare!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1168
@@ -3309,19 +3388,21 @@ msgid ""
"Partition Scheme changed completly. The sarge-based Release has two volume "
"Groups:"
msgstr ""
-"Il problema principale nell'aggiornamento da sarge a Terra è che lo "
-"schema di partizionamento è totalmente cambiato. La versione sarge ha "
-"due gruppi di volume:"
+"Il problema principale nell'aggiornamento da sarge a Terra è che lo schema "
+"di partizionamento è totalmente cambiato. La versione sarge ha due gruppi di "
+"volume:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1171
msgid "vg_data which holds the Data Partition as /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
-msgstr "vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
+msgstr ""
+"vg_data che contiene i dati della partizione come /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1172
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system contiene la partizione del Sistema come /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1175
@@ -3345,10 +3426,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Il problema principale è che il il volume vg_system è abbastanza piccolo in "
"quanto i dati che vi risiedono sono nella maggioranza statici. Quando si "
-"prova a aggiornare su un Pc virtuale con un hard disk di 8GB, l'aggiornamento non riesce "
-"in quanto è impossibile avere maggiore spazio su vg_sytem. Attenzione ci sarebbe bisogno di 1,5 Gb di spazio libero in /var e circa 600MB di spazio libero "
-"in /usr. Se questo non c'è l'aggiornamento fallisce per il poco spazio sul "
-"disco."
+"prova a aggiornare su un Pc virtuale con un hard disk di 8GB, "
+"l'aggiornamento non riesce in quanto è impossibile avere maggiore spazio su "
+"vg_sytem. Attenzione ci sarebbe bisogno di 1,5 Gb di spazio libero in /var e "
+"circa 600MB di spazio libero in /usr. Se questo non c'è l'aggiornamento "
+"fallisce per il poco spazio sul disco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1182
@@ -3485,8 +3567,8 @@ msgid ""
"question during the upgrade. But please note: This upgrade HowTo is based on "
"a very plain fresh installation of an mainserver + terminalserver."
msgstr ""
-"Qui saranno dati alcuni suggerimenti su come si dovrebbe rispondere alle domande "
-"di debconf durante l'aggiornamento. Ma attenzione: Questo HowTo di "
+"Qui saranno dati alcuni suggerimenti su come si dovrebbe rispondere alle "
+"domande di debconf durante l'aggiornamento. Ma attenzione: Questo HowTo di "
"aggiornamento è basato su una installazione pulita di un mainserver + "
"terminalserver."
@@ -3502,8 +3584,8 @@ msgid ""
"edu."
msgstr ""
"Le domande che saranno fatte in aggiunta a quelle qui documentate "
-"dipenderanno da quello che è installato nel sistema (che non è incluso "
-"di default nella vesione sarge Debian Edu). In questo caso se ci sono delle "
+"dipenderanno da quello che è installato nel sistema (che non è incluso di "
+"default nella vesione sarge Debian Edu). In questo caso se ci sono delle "
"domande a cui non sai rispondere non esitare a contattare la Mailinglist "
"(<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org "
"</ulink>) o IRC (irc.oftc.net): #debian-edu."
@@ -3518,7 +3600,8 @@ msgstr "* Configurare nagios-common."
msgid ""
"Here you have to enter a password for the <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis> "
"user."
-msgstr "Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Occorre inserire una password per l'utente <emphasis>nagiosadmin </emphasis>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1242
@@ -3562,9 +3645,10 @@ msgid ""
"weekly report which programs are how often used). The data is gathered "
"anonymously and you have the option to say \"no\"."
msgstr ""
-"Se si sceglie \"yes\" qui, questo ci aiuterà a migliorare "
-"debian-edu. (Riporteremo un report settimanale su quali programmi sono più "
-"usati). I dati sono raccolti in modo anonimo accanto alla possibilità di scegliere \"no\"."
+"Se si sceglie \"yes\" qui, questo ci aiuterà a migliorare debian-edu. "
+"(Riporteremo un report settimanale su quali programmi sono più usati). I "
+"dati sono raccolti in modo anonimo accanto alla possibilità di scegliere \"no"
+"\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1258
@@ -3578,7 +3662,8 @@ msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/ </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1264
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Al prompt inserire: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3779,7 +3864,8 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1326
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
@@ -3787,7 +3873,9 @@ msgstr "e aspettare fino alla fine.Poi riavviare di nuovo dist-upgrade."
msgid ""
"If you have only the default packages installed the upgrade process should "
"now finish without raising more errors."
-msgstr "Se si hanno solo installati i pacchetti di default il processo di aggiornamento dovrebbe ora finire senza altri errori."
+msgstr ""
+"Se si hanno solo installati i pacchetti di default il processo di "
+"aggiornamento dovrebbe ora finire senza altri errori."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1333
@@ -3836,8 +3924,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sarge manipola i grouppi internamente, così un gruppo unix è anche un "
"gruppo samba. In etch samba lascia le informazioni dei gruppi nel database "
"LDAP. Sfortunatamente questo problema fu scoperto troppo tardi per lo "
-"strumento di amministrazione di LDAP \"lwat\" per rimediare alla "
-"situazione."
+"strumento di amministrazione di LDAP \"lwat\" per rimediare alla situazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1348
@@ -3873,9 +3960,9 @@ msgid ""
"chapter of this manual."
msgstr ""
"Se si vuole che i computer Windows riconoscano i gruppi di utenti, occorre "
-"creare i gruppi in LDAP manualmente, tutto questo è spiegato in dettaglio nella "
-"sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> di "
-"questo manuale."
+"creare i gruppi in LDAP manualmente, tutto questo è spiegato in dettaglio "
+"nella sezione <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">HowTo/NetworkClients</link> "
+"di questo manuale."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1360
@@ -3904,8 +3991,10 @@ msgstr "HowTo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1371
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
-msgstr "HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"HowTo per <link linkend=\"Administration\">amministrazione generale</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1374
@@ -3942,7 +4031,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1395
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
msgstr ""
"Installare singoli servizi sulle macchine per distribuire il carico del "
"server principale"
@@ -4109,8 +4199,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1452
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
-msgstr "Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per registrare i manualmente cambiamenti di un file senza aspettare un'ora:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1455
@@ -4153,8 +4245,8 @@ msgid ""
"installed your system prior to this, you need to initialize svk once with "
"the following command run as root:"
msgstr ""
-"/etc in svk è stato introdotto con la versione di Debian Edu basata su etch. Se "
-"si è installato il sistema prima di questa versione occorre inizializzare "
+"/etc in svk è stato introdotto con la versione di Debian Edu basata su etch. "
+"Se si è installato il sistema prima di questa versione occorre inizializzare "
"svk una volta con il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
@@ -4172,7 +4264,8 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"This adds all files in /etc to svk and also activates the hourly commit "
"cronjob."
-msgstr "Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
+msgstr ""
+"Il comando aggiunge in /etc tutti i file a svk e attiva il commit cronjob."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1485
@@ -4224,13 +4317,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Per rendere più facile estendere una partizione piena, è a disposizione lo "
"script <computeroutput>debian-edu-fsautoresize </computeroutput>. Quando lo "
-"si richiama, lo script legge la configurazione da <computeroutput>/usr/share/debian-"
-"edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/etc/"
-"fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab </"
-"computeroutput>, e basandosi sulle regole presenti in questi file propone di "
-"estendere le partizioni con un altro po' di spazio libero. Senza argomenti "
-"scriverà solo i comandi necessari per estendere il file system, e l'opzione "
-"<computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> è necessaria per estendere "
+"si richiama, lo script legge la configurazione da <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
+"debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/site/"
+"etc/fsautoresizetab </computeroutput> e <computeroutput>/etc/fsautoresizetab "
+"</computeroutput>, e basandosi sulle regole presenti in questi file propone "
+"di estendere le partizioni con un altro po' di spazio libero. Senza "
+"argomenti scriverà solo i comandi necessari per estendere il file system, e "
+"l'opzione <computeroutput>-n </computeroutput> è necessaria per estendere "
"effettivamente il file system."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
@@ -4249,13 +4342,34 @@ msgstr ""
"sono montate e in uso. Si può imparare di più su LVM in <ulink url='http://"
"www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+msgid ""
+"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
+"grow to."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1508
+msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Usare volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4266,17 +4380,17 @@ msgstr ""
"l'installazione di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Cos'è debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Citando dalla pagina web</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4295,12 +4409,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rendere funzionale il programma."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Come usare volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4309,13 +4423,13 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput>:"
msgstr ""
"Da quando la chiave dell'archivio volatile è inclusa nel pacchetto "
-"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput>, è installata "
-"di default. Non occorre aggiungere questa chiave manualmente ma inserire la "
+"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput>, è installata di "
+"default. Non occorre aggiungere questa chiave manualmente ma inserire la "
"seguente linea nel file <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4325,7 +4439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4334,12 +4448,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Usare backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4350,7 +4464,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come desideri. Backports.org serve per risolvere questo problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4366,10 +4480,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sicurezza), in modo da essere eseguiti senza nuove librerie (dove è "
"possibile) su una distribuzione Debian stabile come Debian Edu. <emphasis "
"role='strong'>Si consiglia di selezionare singole backport che si adattano "
-"alle tue esigenze e di non utilizzare tutti i backport disponibili. </emphasis> Si prega di seguire le istruzioni per l'uso di backports su <ulinkurl='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
+"alle tue esigenze e di non utilizzare tutti i backport disponibili. </"
+"emphasis> Si prega di seguire le istruzioni per l'uso di backports su "
+"<ulinkurl='http://www.backports.org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4383,7 +4499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dare il seguente comando come root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1557
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4439,12 +4555,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586 release-manual.xml:2129 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588 release-manual.xml:2131 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2138 release-manual.xml:2222
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -4462,22 +4578,22 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "HowTo per il desktop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk mode"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "Sono inclusi due profili di default:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
@@ -4486,12 +4602,13 @@ msgstr ""
"del gruppo studenti)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
-msgstr "personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"personalizzare l'insieme delle icone che appaiano nel desktop degli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
@@ -4500,22 +4617,24 @@ msgstr ""
"desktop siano presenti anche nel pannello kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept non è partito"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
-msgstr "occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
+msgstr ""
+"occorre assicurarsi che gli studenti non inizino con un'altra sezione di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1632
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
-msgstr "disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
+msgstr ""
+"disabilitare la possibilità di acquisire l'accesso di root per gli studenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4524,7 +4643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root e per i membri del gruppo admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4533,7 +4652,7 @@ msgstr ""
"permettere un accesso semplice a tutti i programmi di amministrazione"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4545,7 +4664,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sovrascritti dagli aggiornamenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4558,11 +4677,11 @@ msgstr ""
"esistenti e modificarli, o creare nuovi profili kiosk in (per esempio) "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> e attivarli in "
"<computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. Gli strumenti di "
-"kiosk forniranno un valido aiuto e se si fa click su \"profile properties\" si "
-"ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
+"kiosk forniranno un valido aiuto e se si fa click su \"profile properties\" "
+"si ha la possibilità di sfogliare una nuova cartella."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4573,12 +4692,12 @@ msgstr ""
"profile </computeroutput>. (FIXME: quale dei due?!)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modificare il login screen di kde"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4590,7 +4709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quelle di default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4599,7 +4718,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4611,7 +4730,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4620,12 +4739,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -4638,16 +4757,16 @@ msgstr ""
"da Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> la version 9.0.31.0.1 del pacchetto non funziona in Etch "
-"Si aspetta di risolvere il problema nel prossimo futuro[30-11-2007]"
+"</inlinemediaobject> la version 9.0.31.0.1 del pacchetto non funziona in "
+"Etch Si aspetta di risolvere il problema nel prossimo futuro[30-11-2007]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4656,21 +4775,21 @@ msgstr ""
"Funziona sia con konqueror che firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
"nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
"</ulink> and install with dpkg -i <package-name> as root."
msgstr ""
-"Per installare l'ultima versione di flash, fare il download del corretto pacchetto-deb"
-" da <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/"
+"Per installare l'ultima versione di flash, fare il download del corretto "
+"pacchetto-deb da <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/"
"flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/"
"flashplugin-nonfree/ </ulink> e installarlo con dpkg -i <package-name> "
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692 release-manual.xml:1718 release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:1699 release-manual.xml:1725
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4678,11 +4797,12 @@ msgid ""
"ensure a trust path."
msgstr ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: Il "
-"software che si installa non ha un download sicuro. al contrario di quello installato "
-"con <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> che è segnato con cifratura."
+"software che si installa non ha un download sicuro. al contrario di quello "
+"installato con <computeroutput>apt-get </computeroutput> che è segnato con "
+"cifratura."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4691,7 +4811,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root fare il download via web o con wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4701,14 +4821,15 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1707
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
"Se si è installato precedentemente il plugin flashplayer-mozilla, per prima "
"cosa occorre rimuoverlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4718,12 +4839,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Poi installare"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4733,12 +4854,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Suono con Flash nei thin clients"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4750,7 +4871,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root nel server:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4760,12 +4881,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Poi:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4775,17 +4896,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4795,23 +4916,23 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
"you can use the packages from debian-multimedia.org."
msgstr ""
"libdvdcss è necessaria per far suonare la maggioranza dei DVD commerciali. "
-"Per ragioni legali non è inclusa in Debian (Edu). Se si hai il permesso legale "
-"di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org."
+"Per ragioni legali non è inclusa in Debian (Edu). Se si hai il permesso "
+"legale di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4820,7 +4941,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4830,7 +4951,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4839,12 +4960,12 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1753
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installare multimedia e librerie dvd"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4854,17 +4975,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4877,17 +4998,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1786
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4897,12 +5018,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Per permettere adattamenti e configurazioni specifiche per i thinclient, "
"occorre modificare il file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Per vedere esempi e "
-"quali parametri si possono specificare può essere utile <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/"
-"doc/ltsp-client/examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput>. Per vedere esempi e quali parametri si possono specificare "
+"può essere utile <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/doc/ltsp-client/"
+"examples/lts.conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4910,12 +5031,11 @@ msgid ""
"computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"I valori si default sono definiti nella sezione <computeroutput>[default] </"
-"computeroutput>, per configurare un client, occorre indicare il "
-"mac adress o l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </"
-"computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput>, per configurare un client, occorre indicare il mac adress o "
+"l'indirizzo ip come <computeroutput>[192.168.0.10] </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4924,7 +5044,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4940,12 +5060,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "da qualche parte sotto la sezione default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4954,7 +5074,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4967,12 +5087,12 @@ msgstr ""
"conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "Equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4985,13 +5105,13 @@ msgstr ""
"E' possibile configurare i client per connettersi a uno dei vari server per "
"distribuire il carico. Un modo è elencare i diversi server usando "
"<computeroutput>LDM_SERVER </computeroutput> in <computeroutput>lts.conf </"
-"computeroutput>. Un altro modo è usare lo script <computeroutput>/opt/"
-"ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> che stampa uno o più "
-"server a cui connettersi. In aggiunta a questo in ogni ltsp chroot occorre "
-"includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
+"computeroutput>. Un altro modo è usare lo script <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/"
+"i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts </computeroutput> che stampa uno o più server a "
+"cui connettersi. In aggiunta a questo in ogni ltsp chroot occorre includere "
+"la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5000,12 +5120,12 @@ msgstr ""
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Suono con client LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5014,42 +5134,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Se il client ha il supporto hardware per il suono e alsa viene usato (oggi "
"questo è il sistema di default per il suono in Debian), il modulo snd-pcm-"
-"oss dovrebbe essere caricato dall'hardware dei client affinché esd"
-"possa trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
+"oss dovrebbe essere caricato dall'hardware dei client affinché esdpossa "
+"trovare /dev/dsp. Se questo non avviene automaticamente, la linea:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
-msgstr "dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
+msgstr ""
+"dovrebbe essere aggiunta al server nel file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr "Sostituire LDM con KDM"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
"less CPU ressources on the clients and on the server."
-msgstr "Skolelinux 3.0 usa LDM come manager di logine utilizza per fare il login un tunnel sicuro ssh. Quando si usa KDM uno switch a XDMCP è neccessario. XDMCP ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
+msgstr ""
+"Skolelinux 3.0 usa LDM come manager di logine utilizza per fare il login un "
+"tunnel sicuro ssh. Quando si usa KDM uno switch a XDMCP è neccessario. XDMCP "
+"ha bisogno di meno risorse diCPU sui clients e sul server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
"well as anything else."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: XDMCP non usa la cifratura. Le password passano in modalità testo nella rete, così come ogni altra cosa."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: XDMCP "
+"non usa la cifratura. Le password passano in modalità testo nella rete, così "
+"come ogni altra cosa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
@@ -5058,12 +5185,14 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> si fermeranno senza LDM."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
-msgstr "Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una workstation:"
+msgstr ""
+"Per controllare se XDMCP sta lavorando, esegui questo comando da una "
+"workstation:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5073,12 +5202,13 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
-msgstr "Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
+msgstr ""
+"Se siamo suun thin client nella retenetwork, occorre eseguire questo comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5088,23 +5218,26 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
-"L'obiettivo è di permettere al thin client \"real\" di contattare il server-xdmcp sulla rete "
-"192.168.0.254 (data la configurazione standard di Skolelinux)."
+"L'obiettivo è di permettere al thin client \"real\" di contattare il server-"
+"xdmcp sulla rete 192.168.0.254 (data la configurazione standard di "
+"Skolelinux)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
-msgstr "Se per qualche ragione xdmcp è accessibile sul tuo server che esegue KDM , aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
+msgstr ""
+"Se per qualche ragione xdmcp è accessibile sul tuo server che esegue KDM , "
+"aggiungere a /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" * # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5114,21 +5247,21 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
-"La stella prima del commento '#' è importante, quello che segue naturalmente è un commento "
-"<inlinemediaobject>"
+"La stella prima del commento '#' è importante, quello che segue naturalmente "
+"è un commento <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr "Quindi avvia xdmcp in kdm con il comando:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5138,12 +5271,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr "Alla fine riavvia kdm eseguendo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5153,22 +5286,22 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr "(per la cortesia di Finn-Arne Johansen)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5181,7 +5314,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -5190,14 +5323,15 @@ msgstr ""
"necessari:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
-msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
+msgstr ""
+"1. Creare un utente (se già non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -5212,12 +5346,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5230,8 +5364,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Quando ci si collega a un dominio samba alcuni dati particolari vengono "
"archiviati sul controller del dominio (tjener). Questi dati sono necessari "
-"per riconoscere le macchine Windows, dopo saranno autenticati gli utenti. Per "
-"permettere a Samba di archiviare questi dati, Samba ha bisogno di un "
+"per riconoscere le macchine Windows, dopo saranno autenticati gli utenti. "
+"Per permettere a Samba di archiviare questi dati, Samba ha bisogno di un "
"indirizzo statico dell'host. Questo potrebbe essere aggiunto usando "
"l'interfaccia web LWAT (cedere anche <link to lwat>). Quando si aggiunge "
"un indirizzo statico alla configurazione dell'host è importante selezionare "
@@ -5239,17 +5373,17 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
"3. Sui client Windows: Assicurarsi che la rete e il sistema di "
-"configurazione corrispondano ai dati archiviati in tjener "
-"(nome dell'host e configurazione ip)"
+"configurazione corrispondano ai dati archiviati in tjener (nome dell'host e "
+"configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5258,12 +5392,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Collegarsi al dominio normalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1927
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5287,7 +5422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5299,16 +5434,16 @@ msgstr ""
"fa login e logout. Dalla quantità dei dati presenti nel profilo dipenderà il "
"tempo di collegamento. Per minimizzare il tempo, occorre disattivare alcune "
"cose come la cache locale dei browser (in alternativa si può usare la proxy "
-"cache di squid installata su tjener) e salvare i file nel volume H: invece di "
-"\"Own files\"."
+"cache di squid installata su tjener) e salvare i file nel volume H: invece "
+"di \"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1927
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Gruppi di utenti in Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5325,7 +5460,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows non saranno a conoscenza del gruppo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5339,12 +5474,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5358,12 +5493,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Gestire i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5372,16 +5507,16 @@ msgid ""
"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
"available."
msgstr ""
-"I profili comuni o roaming contengono l'ambiente di lavoro dell'utente, che include "
-"il desktop con le sue icone e configurazioni. Alcuni esempi di questo "
-"ambiente sono i file personali, le icone del desktop, i colori dello "
+"I profili comuni o roaming contengono l'ambiente di lavoro dell'utente, che "
+"include il desktop con le sue icone e configurazioni. Alcuni esempi di "
+"questo ambiente sono i file personali, le icone del desktop, i colori dello "
"schermo, la configurazione del mouse, grandezza e posizione delle finestre, "
"la configurazione delle applicazioni, della rete e delle stampanti. I "
"profili roaming sono disponibili dal momento in cui l'utente si collega, "
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5391,14 +5526,14 @@ msgid ""
"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
msgstr ""
"Il profilo è copiato dal server quando ci si collega e copiato sul server "
-"quando ci si disconnette dalla rete. Profili pesanti rendono la rete lenta. Ci "
-"sono molte ragioni che spiegano la pesantezza del profilo , ma la principale "
-"è che gli utenti salvano i loro file nel desktop o nei documenti di windows "
-"invece che nella loro directory home. Anche alcuni programmi mal progettati "
-"usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
+"quando ci si disconnette dalla rete. Profili pesanti rendono la rete lenta. "
+"Ci sono molte ragioni che spiegano la pesantezza del profilo , ma la "
+"principale è che gli utenti salvano i loro file nel desktop o nei documenti "
+"di windows invece che nella loro directory home. Anche alcuni programmi mal "
+"progettati usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5411,7 +5546,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5428,22 +5563,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963 release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2053
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
-msgstr "si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
+msgstr ""
+"si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
-msgstr "scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
+msgstr ""
+"scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e eseguire gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5458,37 +5595,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1978 release-manual.xml:1981
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5497,21 +5634,21 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
-"Buona idea è copiarlo nel tuo sistema operativo windows per averlo a disposizione "
-"durante l'installazione."
+"Buona idea è copiarlo nel tuo sistema operativo windows per averlo a "
+"disposizione durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:2062 release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:1996 release-manual.xml:2069 release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5528,12 +5665,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5542,12 +5679,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5556,17 +5693,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5575,7 +5714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5586,17 +5725,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Ridirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5606,11 +5745,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"A volte rimuovere la directory dal profilo non basta. In genere gli utenti "
"perdono i file perché salvano in documenti, quando questa directory non "
-"viene salvata nel profilo. A volte si può volere ridirigere directory usate da "
-"software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
+"viene salvata nel profilo. A volte si può volere ridirigere directory usate "
+"da software non ben programmati che usano directory condivise nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5624,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5635,12 +5774,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
-msgstr "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+msgstr ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5649,22 +5790,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5675,14 +5816,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5691,17 +5832,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5716,7 +5857,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5728,12 +5869,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5744,7 +5885,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5753,7 +5894,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5762,7 +5903,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5775,7 +5916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5784,17 +5925,18 @@ msgstr ""
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
-msgid "moodle"
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5803,21 +5945,38 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
+msgid ""
+"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
+"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
+"create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on "
+"any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a "
+"single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in "
+"France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
+msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
+"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
-"Alcune scuole in Francia usano moodle per tenere traccia di esercizi e "
-"crediti. FIXME: più esempi, etc."
+"Vedere per maggiori informazioni <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/"
+"bugreport.cgi?bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
@@ -5827,7 +5986,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti. FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5838,82 +5997,31 @@ msgstr ""
"title=Main_Page </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr "FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install italc\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"apt-get install italc\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: il "
-"monitoraggio degli utenti può essere non etico e illegale secondo le leggi del proprio paese."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
-msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
-msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
-"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr ""
-"Alcune scuole usano squidguard o dansguardian per limitare l'accesso a "
-"internet. FIXME: spiegare come si installa e si usa."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
-"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
-"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: "
-"limitare l'accesso alle informazioni o alla libertà di parola può essere non "
-"etico o illegale secondo le leggi del proprio paese."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
-msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
-msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
-"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> era disponibile in sarge, ma "
-"non fa più parte di etch. Si può comunque installare la versione da sarge su "
-"un sistema etch."
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
-"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
-"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
-"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
+"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
"\n"
-"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
-"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Restricting pupils network access ==\n"
+"\n"
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Installing swi-prolog on etch ==\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{swi-prolog}}} was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with {{{apt-get}}} is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{\n"
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
@@ -5921,9 +6029,10 @@ msgstr ""
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5932,7 +6041,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5943,22 +6052,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5970,7 +6079,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5987,12 +6096,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6003,23 +6112,23 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>support </emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
msgstr ""
"La sezione di <link linkend=\"Support\">supporto</link> spiega e fornisce "
-"collegamenti a risorse localizzate: <emphasis>contribuire </emphasis> "
-"e <emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
+"collegamenti a risorse localizzate: <emphasis>contribuire </emphasis> e "
+"<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6029,20 +6138,20 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2286
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
"monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently "
"even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
msgstr ""
-"La mailing list <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer "
-"</ulink> è lo strumento principale per la comunicazione, anche se si hanno "
+"La mailing list <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer </"
+"ulink> è lo strumento principale per la comunicazione, anche se si hanno "
"mensilmente incontri su IRC #debian-edu o irc.debian.org e meno "
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6053,12 +6162,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6067,11 +6176,11 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Questo documento ha bisogno del tuo aiuto! Prima di tutto non è ancora "
"finito: se lo hai letto hai visto numerosi FIXME all'interno del testo. Se "
-"conosci cosa occorre prova a scriverlo dove è indicato, considera di condividere la tua "
-"conoscenza con noi."
+"conosci cosa occorre prova a scriverlo dove è indicato, considera di "
+"condividere la tua conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6088,7 +6197,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no/UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6097,12 +6206,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Un altro modo per contribuire e aiutare gli utenti è tradurre il software e "
"la documentazione. Informazioni su come tradurre questo documentopossono "
-"essere trovate nella <link linkend=\"Translations\">sezione traduzione</link> "
-"di questo libro. Cerca di aiutarci nello sforzo di traduzione di questo "
-"libro!"
+"essere trovate nella <link linkend=\"Translations\">sezione traduzione</"
+"link> di questo libro. Cerca di aiutarci nello sforzo di traduzione di "
+"questo libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -6119,22 +6228,22 @@ msgstr ""
"trasferiremo il documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in Inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6145,7 +6254,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6156,12 +6265,12 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in Norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6172,7 +6281,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6185,17 +6294,18 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6204,7 +6314,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6213,19 +6323,19 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in Francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6234,12 +6344,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in Spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6248,12 +6358,12 @@ msgstr ""
"portale spagnolo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6264,12 +6374,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -6282,7 +6392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 o versione successiva. Buon divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6294,12 +6404,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6308,7 +6418,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6317,32 +6427,33 @@ msgstr ""
"copyright 2007, sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
-"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
+"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
+"Sicking and Kai Hatje and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"La traduzione tedesca è di Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf "
"Gesellensetter e Roland F. Teichert, copyrighted 2007, sotto licenza GPL2 o "
"successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
-"La traduzione italiana è diClaudio Carboncini copyright.2007, "
-"sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
+"La traduzione italiana è diClaudio Carboncini copyright.2007, sotto licenza "
+"GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6351,12 +6462,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6371,7 +6482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurlo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6386,7 +6497,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6398,7 +6509,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6407,7 +6518,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6420,14 +6531,16 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
-msgstr "In seguito occorre rimettere il file direttamente al svn (se si ha i permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
+msgstr ""
+"In seguito occorre rimettere il file direttamente al svn (se si ha i "
+"permessi per fare questo) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6436,12 +6549,12 @@ msgstr ""
"all'interno della directory <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2453
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2458
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6452,23 +6565,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6481,7 +6594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6494,7 +6607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6507,7 +6620,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2482
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6518,17 +6631,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6541,12 +6654,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6569,7 +6682,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6586,7 +6699,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6605,7 +6718,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6614,7 +6727,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6627,7 +6740,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6638,7 +6751,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6651,7 +6764,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6676,7 +6789,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2522
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6699,7 +6812,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6712,7 +6825,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6725,7 +6838,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6738,7 +6851,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6751,7 +6864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6768,7 +6881,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6783,7 +6896,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6806,7 +6919,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6821,7 +6934,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6840,7 +6953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6861,7 +6974,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6880,7 +6993,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6909,7 +7022,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6920,7 +7033,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6943,7 +7056,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -6952,7 +7065,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6971,7 +7084,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6984,7 +7097,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -7003,7 +7116,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -7024,12 +7137,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -7052,7 +7165,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2593
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -7075,42 +7188,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2593
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2605
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -7130,122 +7243,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2616
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643 release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2631 release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2638
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2651
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7253,37 +7366,38 @@ msgid ""
"The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
msgstr ""
"L'elenco completo è disponibile in <computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED "
-"</computeroutput>, ma solo UTF-8 locales sono supportati nell'immagine "
-"live. Ancora non tutti i linguaggi specifici hanno traduzioni. Il layout "
-"della tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
+"</computeroutput>, ma solo UTF-8 locales sono supportati nell'immagine live. "
+"Ancora non tutti i linguaggi specifici hanno traduzioni. Il layout della "
+"tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2704
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
-msgstr "la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
+msgstr ""
+"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -7294,3 +7408,135 @@ msgstr ""
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP </ulink> o rsync da ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-"
"live/."
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+#~ "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
+#~ "development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
+#~ "whose out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-"
+#~ "network In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is "
+#~ "schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skolelinux è Debian Edu che fa parte del progetto <ulink url='http://wiki."
+#~ "debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> "
+#~ "(CDD) in sviluppo. Questo significa che Skolelinux è una versione di "
+#~ "Debian subito operativa che permette di avere una rete completamente "
+#~ "configurata nella scuola. In Norvegia, dove è nato Skolelinux, è "
+#~ "utilizzato prevalentemente da scuole con alunni di 6-16 anni."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation "
+#~ "howto."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "FIXME: questa sezione ha bisogno di un collegamento all'howto "
+#~ "dell'installazione delle workstation senza disco."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
+#~ msgstr "Gestione manuale del Backup"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "You may copy the whole backup over to another computer in the same "
+#~ "network using:"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Si può copiare l'intero backup su un altro computer nella stessa rete "
+#~ "usando:"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf "
+#~ "- /skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf "
+#~ "- /skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This takes the hole home0 and saves it on the other computer av a tar.gz "
+#~ "file. How to deal with the tar.gz file: <ulink url='http://www.gzip."
+#~ "org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Questo comando prende l'intera home0 e la salva su un altro computer come "
+#~ "file tar.gz . Per avere informazioni su come trattare i file tar.gz: "
+#~ "<ulink url='http://www.gzip.org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities "
+#~ "and credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Alcune scuole in Francia usano moodle per tenere traccia di esercizi e "
+#~ "crediti. FIXME: più esempi, etc."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get install italc\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "apt-get install italc\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+#~ "monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: il "
+#~ "monitoraggio degli utenti può essere non etico e illegale secondo le "
+#~ "leggi del proprio paese."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
+#~ msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
+#~ "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Alcune scuole usano squidguard o dansguardian per limitare l'accesso a "
+#~ "internet. FIXME: spiegare come si installa e si usa."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+#~ "restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
+#~ "and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Attenzione </emphasis>: "
+#~ "limitare l'accesso alle informazioni o alla libertà di parola può essere "
+#~ "non etico o illegale secondo le leggi del proprio paese."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
+#~ msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but "
+#~ "was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on "
+#~ "a etch system."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> era disponibile in sarge, ma "
+#~ "non fa più parte di etch. Si può comunque installare la versione da sarge "
+#~ "su un sistema etch."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 07f556e..e9df3d5 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-23 11:21+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-12 13:01+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-07 21:40+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-12-04</computeroutput>."
@@ -73,39 +73,41 @@ msgstr ""
msgid "About Debian Edu and Skolelinux"
msgstr "Om Debian Edu og Skolelinux"
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid ""
-"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
-"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
-"development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose "
-"out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-network "
-"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
-"serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
+"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian </"
+"ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-"
+"of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
msgstr ""
-"Skolelinux er Debian Edu-prosjektet's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
-"index.cgi?CustomDebian'>tilpassede Debian-distribusjon</ulink> (CDD) i "
-"utvikling. Det dette betyr er at Skolelinux er en versjon av Debian som ut "
-"av boksen gir deg et miljø som er tilpasset skolenettverk i Norge, der "
-"Skolelinux ble startet. Hovedmålgruppen er skoler for barn i aldersgruppen 6-"
-"16 år."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:29
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
-"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
+"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
+"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
+"countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and "
+"France."
msgstr ""
"Systemet er i bruk i flere land rundt om i verden, med de fleste "
"installasjonene er i Norge, Tyskland og Frankrike."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:31
+#: release-manual.xml:34
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr "Arkitektur"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:33
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
@@ -114,17 +116,17 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinuxinstallasjonen tilbyr."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:37
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid "Network"
msgstr "Nettverk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:43
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:48
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
@@ -133,7 +135,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette bildet som en <computeroutput>dia</computeroutput>-fil.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -155,7 +157,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverkstjenestene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:51
+#: release-manual.xml:54
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -171,7 +173,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet slik at DNS-aliaset for den tjenesten peker til rett maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -185,12 +187,12 @@ msgstr ""
"på å få et slikt oppsett til å fungere ut av boksen i Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:61
msgid "Services"
msgstr "Tjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -214,7 +216,7 @@ msgstr ""
"plasseringen av tjenesten (som bør settes opp på forhånd selvfølgelig)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:62
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -225,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"klartekst."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -246,82 +248,82 @@ msgstr ""
"eget DNS-domene) eller IP-adressen deres."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr "Sentralisert logging [syslog]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:70
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:68
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr "Automatisk nettverksoppsett for maskiner (DHCP) [bootps]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:72
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering (NTP) [ntp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr "Hjemmeområder på nettverksfilsystem (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr "Elektronisk postkontor [postoffice]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr "Katalogtjeneste (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon (lwat)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr "Nettjener (Apache/PHP) [www]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr "Sentral sikkerhetskopiering (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr "Mellomlager for web / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr "Utskrift (CUPS) [ipp]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr "Fjerninnlogging (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr "Automatisk oppsett [cfengine]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr "Tynnklienttjener (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and site-summary)"
@@ -330,7 +332,7 @@ msgstr ""
"på web. Feilrapportering via e-post (munin, nagios og site-summary)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -345,7 +347,7 @@ msgstr ""
"filer for, NFS for Unixklienter, SMB for Windows og Macintosh-klienter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:89
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -363,7 +365,7 @@ msgstr ""
"IMAP."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:88
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
@@ -372,7 +374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"grunn av den sentrale brukerdatabasen for autentisering og autorisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -385,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kontrollere internettilgang på individuelle maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using DHCP. "
"Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet 10.0.2.0/23, "
@@ -401,7 +403,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverkstjenestene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -412,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"aksepterer innkommende meldinger fra det lokale nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only (*."
"intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -425,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr ""
"på nettverket kan bruke den som hoved DNS-tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -440,7 +442,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programmerbar på tjenersiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:100
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -461,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr ""
"postlister."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:102
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -474,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukergrupper er mulig i administrasjonssystemet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:104
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -493,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverket har riktig tid."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -508,12 +510,13 @@ msgstr ""
"skrivere."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
-msgid "Thin client services"
+#: release-manual.xml:113
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr "Tynnklienttjenester"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:115
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. "
@@ -529,7 +532,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Project (LTSP)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -546,53 +549,74 @@ msgstr ""
"med XDMCP. Dermed blir alle programmene kjørt på LTSP-tjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:119
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
-"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
-"clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify "
-"which client is logged onto what on the central server?)"
+"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
"Tynnklienttjeneren er satt opp til å motta syslog fra klientene og "
"videresende disse meldingene til den sentrale mottakeren for syslogmeldinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
+#: release-manual.xml:124
#, fuzzy
-msgid "LowFat (diskless) Workstations"
+msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
+"or half-thick clients are also used."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid ""
-"A lowfat workstation runs all software on the PC without locally installed "
-"operating system. This means that client machines boots direcly from the "
-"servers hard drive without running software installed on the local hard "
-"drive. The lowfat workstation setup is not a new consept. It was first used "
-"by Novell around 20 years ago booting Windows PC's over the network. Now "
-"lowfat workstations is a part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) "
-"introduced with version 5.0."
+"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
+"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
+"from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local "
+"hard drive."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:130
msgid ""
-"Lowfat workstations is an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
-"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. With lowfat workstations all "
-"applications are run locally on the client PC. Software is administered and "
+"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
+"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
"maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the "
-"clients. Home directory and system settings are stored on the server. "
-"Recomended requirement are 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz CPU or more. Local "
-"swapdisk is recommended, expesially when running multimedia applications etc."
+"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:138
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Networked clients"
+msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
+"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
+"Windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:145
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -605,7 +629,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og dermed ha full tilgang til maskinene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -617,7 +641,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endre tjeneroppsettet og så la automatikken fordele endringene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -628,17 +652,17 @@ msgstr ""
"til autentisering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:142 release-manual.xml:339
+#: release-manual.xml:156 release-manual.xml:351
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Installasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:158
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr "Installasjon er mulig enten fra en CD eller en DVD."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:160
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -649,7 +673,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverket. DVD-installasjonen fungerer uten tilgang til Internett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -664,12 +688,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etter installasjonen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:167
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr "Oppsett av tilgang til filsystem"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:155
+#: release-manual.xml:169
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -685,7 +709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"har tilgang og noen settes slik at ingen andre enn brukeren kan lese dem."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:157
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -704,7 +728,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukergrupper eller visse bruksmåter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:161
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -731,7 +755,7 @@ msgstr ""
"den relevante gruppen bør gis lesetilgang så må X være 7.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:178
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of policy. "
"They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can later be "
@@ -764,7 +788,7 @@ msgstr ""
"løser et problem (typisk oppsettsproblemer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:180
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -789,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgangspunktet være tilgjengelig, men kan blokkeres etter behov."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:187
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -799,25 +823,25 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgangsrettighet for <computeroutput>~/</computeroutput> 755."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
+#: release-manual.xml:189
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr "- tilgang til hjemmeområder (*~/.)? - hjemmeområder - delte områder?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:181
+#: release-manual.xml:195
msgid "random notes"
msgstr "Vilkårlige notater"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:183
+#: release-manual.xml:197
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
msgstr "Dette er ymse notater om ting som bør inkluderes i dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:184
+#: release-manual.xml:198
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
@@ -826,7 +850,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hvilke grupper som har tilgang til hvilke maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:185
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
@@ -836,12 +860,12 @@ msgstr ""
"squid)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:200
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr "Bør vurdere å bruke et DNS-navn fra RFC 2606"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://"
@@ -860,120 +884,120 @@ msgstr ""
"under GPL) </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:198
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "Features"
msgstr "Fremtrukne egenskaper"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:216
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr "Nye egenskaper i «3.0 Terra»-utgaven 2007-07-22"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:217
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:218
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:224
#, fuzzy
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr "Nye egenskaper i «3.0 Terra»-utgaven 2007-07-22"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:211
+#: release-manual.xml:225
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr "Basert på Debian 4.0 Etch, gitt ut 2007-04-08"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr "Grafisk installasjonsprogram med musstøtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr "Oppstartsbilde med usplash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr "LSB 3.1-kompatibel"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.6.18"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr "Støtte for SATA-kontrollere og harddisker"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:218
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr "X.org versjon 7.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:219
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsmiljø versjon 3.5.5"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org versjon 2.0."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:237
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr "LTSP5 (versjon 0.99debian12)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr "Automatisk sporing av installerte maskiner ved hjelp av Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:225
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr "Automatisk oppsett av munin med hjelp fra Sitesummary."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:240
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr "Automatisk versjonskontroll av oppsettsfiler i /etc/ ved hjelp av svk."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr "Filsystemer kan utvides mens filsystemet er montert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
"Støtter automatisk utviding av filsystemer basert på forhåndsdefinerte "
"regler."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr "Støtte for lokale enheter på tynnklienter."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -983,12 +1007,12 @@ msgstr ""
"støtte, installasjonsmedia starter bare opp på underarkitekturen newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "Flerarkitektur-DVD for i386, amd64 og powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during installation. "
"Previous versions could be installed from one CD without Internet access."
@@ -997,7 +1021,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Tidligere versjoner kunne installeres fra en CD uten internettilgang."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:249
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -1015,7 +1039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"krever <computeroutput>webmin</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:257
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -1026,67 +1050,67 @@ msgstr ""
"beskriver hvordan man installerer swi-prolog på etch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:264
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr "Fremtrukne egenskaper i 2.0 utgaven 2006-03-14"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr "Basert på Debian 3.1 Sarge, gitt ut 2005-06-06"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:252
+#: release-manual.xml:266
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.6.8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:267
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr "XFree86 versjon 4.3."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr "KDE versjon 3.3."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:277
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr "Egenskaper i «1.0 Venus»-utgaven 2004-06-20"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr "Basert på Debian 3.0 Woody, gitt ut 2002-07-19."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr "Linux kjerneversjon 2.4.26"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:280
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr "XFree86 versjon 4.1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:267
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr "KDE versjon 2.2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr "Mer informasjon om eldre utgivelser"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:289
msgid ""
"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink url='http://"
"developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer."
@@ -1097,12 +1121,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr "Systemkrav"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -1117,7 +1141,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med tanke på nettverkskomponenter, tjenere og klientmaskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:299
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
@@ -1126,7 +1150,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bruker standard nettverksarkitektur)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
@@ -1135,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-prosessorer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -1146,7 +1170,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kabinett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:304
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -1156,17 +1180,17 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>tjener</computeroutput>profilen installert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:307
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr "arbeidstasjoner og/eller tynnklienttjenere (LTSP)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:308
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr "tynnklienttjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
@@ -1175,17 +1199,17 @@ msgstr ""
"nettverksarkitektur:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr "eth0 koblet til hovednettverket (10.0.2.0/23)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) betjener tynnklintene"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
@@ -1194,7 +1218,7 @@ msgstr ""
"disker fra 8 GiB vil vere tilstrekkelig. Som vanlig, jo større jo bedre."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
@@ -1203,7 +1227,7 @@ msgstr ""
"er påkrevd"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
@@ -1212,13 +1236,14 @@ msgstr ""
"diskplass det anbefalte minimum."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+#: release-manual.xml:316
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
-"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
-"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
-"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
-"variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
+"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
+"minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, "
+"the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/"
+"ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
msgstr ""
"For arbeidstasjoner uten harddisk (også kjent som halvfete klienter) er 256 "
"MB RAM og 800 MHz eller mer anbefalt minimumskrav. Mellomlagring over "
@@ -1227,17 +1252,17 @@ msgstr ""
"conf på tjener og sette SIZE-variabelen."
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr "for bærbare er 256 MiB RAM og 450 MHz minstekravet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian."
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ </"
@@ -1247,17 +1272,17 @@ msgstr ""
"org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr "Nettverkskrav"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:331
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr "Internett-ruter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:333
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -1270,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"nødvendig og vil ikke bli brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:335
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink url='http://www.zelow.no/"
@@ -1293,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr ""
"administratorer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:331
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1310,12 +1335,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Architecture\">nettverksarkitektur</link>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:343
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr "Hvor finner man mer informasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:357
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink url='http://www."
"debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for Debian etch </"
@@ -1330,13 +1355,13 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:347 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2224
-#: release-manual.xml:2259 release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2212
+#: release-manual.xml:2247 release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:352
+#: release-manual.xml:364
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/"
"installmanual'>information about the Debian etch release </ulink> is "
@@ -1347,18 +1372,18 @@ msgstr ""
"i installasjonsmanualen til etch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:358
+#: release-manual.xml:370
#, fuzzy
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
msgstr "Last ned et installasjonsmedium for Debian Edu etch 3.0r0"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:362
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr "DVDer for i386, amd64 og powerpc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
@@ -1367,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det ned, bruk en av disse metodene:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:366
+#: release-manual.xml:378
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
@@ -1377,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:369
+#: release-manual.xml:381
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1387,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:372
+#: release-manual.xml:384
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1397,12 +1422,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:389
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr "eller for en CD med nettinstallasjon kan du laste ned for i386"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:391
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
@@ -1412,7 +1437,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:394
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
@@ -1422,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:397
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-"
@@ -1432,12 +1457,12 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:402
msgid "amd64"
msgstr "amd64"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:404
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-"
@@ -1447,7 +1472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:407
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1457,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:410
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1467,12 +1492,12 @@ msgstr ""
"amd64-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr "og powerpc(tilpasset for underarkitekturen newworld)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:417
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1482,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:420
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1492,7 +1517,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:423
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1502,7 +1527,7 @@ msgstr ""
"powerpc-netinst-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:428
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1515,12 +1540,12 @@ msgstr ""
"klarer å supportere på samme måte som de andre arkitekturene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr "Kildekoden for denne utgaven er tilgjengelig på et DVD-bilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:432
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1530,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:435
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1540,7 +1565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:438
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-"
@@ -1550,12 +1575,12 @@ msgstr ""
"source-DVD-3.0r0.iso </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr "Be om en CD/DVD i posten"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:437
+#: release-manual.xml:449
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1568,12 +1593,12 @@ msgstr ""
"vil diskutere hvordan du får betalt<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:439 release-manual.xml:520 release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1881
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
@@ -1582,12 +1607,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal sendes til i e-posten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:447
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr "Installasjon fra CD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:449
+#: release-manual.xml:461
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1598,52 +1623,52 @@ msgstr ""
"profil til profil:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hovedtjener: 8 av 115 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hovedtjener og tynnklienttjener: 618 av 1082 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:452
+#: release-manual.xml:464
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Hovedtjener og arbeidstasjon: 618 av 1081 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Tynnklienttjener: 618 av 1052 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:466
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Arbeidstasjon: 618 av 1051 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Frittstående: 618 av 1020 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr "Barebone: 12 av 83 MiB lastet ned."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:459
+#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr "Profilene er beskrevet nedenfor."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr "Installasjonsvalg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:466
+#: release-manual.xml:478
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1660,7 +1685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skal standardoppsettet vere greit."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:480
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1673,7 +1698,7 @@ msgstr ""
"gjøre en installasjon i tekstmodus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:471
+#: release-manual.xml:483
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
@@ -1689,7 +1714,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppstartsprompten for å gå til ekspert modus."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1702,7 +1727,7 @@ msgstr ""
"versjonen på amd64."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1717,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installgui på x86 32-bit maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from CD. "
@@ -1726,33 +1751,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:504
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr "Velg et språk (for installasjonen og det installerte systemet)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr "Velg en tidsone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:508
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Velg en profil</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "server"
msgstr "tjener"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1765,12 +1790,12 @@ msgstr ""
"boksen. Du kan bare installere en hovetjener per skole!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid "workstation"
msgstr "arbeidsstasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1783,16 +1808,21 @@ msgstr ""
"er lagret."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr "tynnklienttjener"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:517
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
-"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core."
+"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
+"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki."
+"debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo </ulink>. "
+"(Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)"
msgstr ""
"Tynnklienttjener (og tjener for arbeidsstasjoner uten harddisk). Klienter "
"uten harddisk starter opp og kjører programvare fra denne tjeneren. Denne "
@@ -1800,12 +1830,12 @@ msgstr ""
"prosessor eller prosessorkjerne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid "standalone"
msgstr "frittstående"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
@@ -1814,12 +1844,12 @@ msgstr ""
"være inne på nettverket. Denne profilen passer bra for bærbare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "barebone"
msgstr "barebone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1834,7 +1864,7 @@ msgstr ""
"flytter manuelt ut fra hovedtjeneren."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:529
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1845,7 +1875,7 @@ msgstr ""
"arbeidstasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:530
msgid ""
"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
@@ -1853,12 +1883,12 @@ msgstr ""
"harddiskene!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr "si ja til partman"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink url='http://popcon.skolelinux."
"org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - though you dont have to "
@@ -1869,28 +1899,22 @@ msgstr ""
"frivillig<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "wait"
msgstr "vent"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:541
msgid "be happy"
msgstr "vær glad"
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
-msgid ""
-"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr "En kommentar om manuell partisjonering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1907,12 +1931,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hjemmeområder, og uten hjemmeområder så kan ikke brukeren logge in."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr "En kommenar om bærbare maskiner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1929,7 +1953,7 @@ msgstr ""
"standaloneprofilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:544
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1943,12 +1967,12 @@ msgstr ""
"veiledning tilgjengelig enda."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr "En kommenar om DVD-installasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:552
+#: release-manual.xml:565
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list </"
"computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -1962,7 +1986,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installeres:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -1976,7 +2000,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:578
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -1984,77 +2008,77 @@ msgstr ""
"i386-maskin."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:586
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:592
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:640
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
@@ -2063,17 +2087,17 @@ msgstr ""
"skjermbildet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:667
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Komme igang"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
@@ -2082,7 +2106,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installasjonen for å komme igang. Det minste du må gjøre er:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
@@ -2091,12 +2115,12 @@ msgstr ""
"via NFS)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "adding users"
msgstr "legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
@@ -2105,12 +2129,12 @@ msgstr ""
"må legges til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:684
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr "Dette er beskrevet nedenfor."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -2120,17 +2144,17 @@ msgstr ""
"triks og vanlige spørsmål. Mens dette kapittelet beskriver det alle må vite."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:689
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr "Tjenester som kjører på hovedtjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
@@ -2139,12 +2163,12 @@ msgstr ""
"nettgrensesnitt. Vi vil beskrive hver tjeneste her."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon via nettleser med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -2155,27 +2179,27 @@ msgstr ""
"hovedgruppene (legge til, endre, slette):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:705
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr "Gruppeadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:707
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr "Automonteringsinformasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr "Maskinadministrasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error message, because of "
@@ -2186,17 +2210,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på grunn av minst to ting:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr "sertifikatet er selvsignert"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr "sertifikatet er laget for tjener.intern"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
@@ -2205,7 +2229,7 @@ msgstr ""
"siden sertifikatet er gyldig i bare en måned."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -2220,13 +2244,13 @@ msgstr ""
"etter installasjon er innloggingsnavnet der:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr "admin]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
@@ -2234,12 +2258,12 @@ msgstr ""
"og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
@@ -2248,12 +2272,12 @@ msgstr ""
"i menyen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr "Brukeradministrasjon med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -2268,7 +2292,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tilgjengelig i hele nettverket."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
@@ -2277,7 +2301,7 @@ msgstr ""
"data lagt inn i LDAP-katalogen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:727
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -2289,12 +2313,12 @@ msgstr ""
"øverste gruppene)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr "Legge til brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -2317,42 +2341,42 @@ msgstr ""
"systemadministrasjon. For tiden vet lwat om disse rollene:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>rolle</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>gi privilegier</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "Students"
msgstr "Studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr "Innlogging og bruk av systemet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr "Lærere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr "Samme som for studenter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr "jr. Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:774
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
@@ -2361,12 +2385,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sine passord)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:765
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "Admins"
msgstr "Administratorer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:781
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete users/groups/"
"machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux domain"
@@ -2376,7 +2400,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i Skolelinux-domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
@@ -2385,7 +2409,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:777
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
@@ -2394,12 +2418,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kan sette et passord selv ved å endre på brukeren du har lagt til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:798
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
@@ -2408,7 +2432,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til i ldap-katalogen (skjemaet blir også tømt):"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -2422,12 +2446,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:811
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -2447,12 +2471,12 @@ msgstr ""
"resultatlinjer er linker til endringsiden."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -2463,17 +2487,17 @@ msgstr ""
"hører til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr "Gruppehåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:820
+#: release-manual.xml:833
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -2486,7 +2510,7 @@ msgstr ""
"endringsiden har du tilgang til alle brukerne i denne gruppen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
@@ -2495,12 +2519,12 @@ msgstr ""
"du kan bruke dem til filrettigheter også."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr "Maskinhåndtering med lwat"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2517,7 +2541,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne manualen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
@@ -2526,67 +2550,67 @@ msgstr ""
"forhåndsoppsatte adresseområdet. Disse ip-områdene er forhåndsoppsatt:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:846
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Første adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Siste adresse</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>vertsnavn</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:859
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr "10.0.2.10"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr "10.0.2.29"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:865
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr "10.0.2.30"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr "10.0.2.49"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr "10.0.2.50"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr "10.0.2.99"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'></emphasis></emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
@@ -2595,7 +2619,7 @@ msgstr ""
"reservert for dhcp og blir tildelt dynamisk."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2608,21 +2632,20 @@ msgstr ""
"oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:903
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:896 release-manual.xml:929 release-manual.xml:965
-#: release-manual.xml:1061 release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1689
-#: release-manual.xml:1715 release-manual.xml:1817 release-manual.xml:1842
-#: release-manual.xml:1849 release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2191
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978
+#: release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1685 release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1722 release-manual.xml:1824 release-manual.xml:1849
+#: release-manual.xml:1856
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2633,12 +2656,12 @@ msgstr ""
"hånd som vist direkte under."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr "Tildele statiske ip-adresser med dhcp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:918
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf </"
@@ -2651,7 +2674,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som root."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2662,7 +2685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>static00</emphasis>. Du skal finne noe som er som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2678,7 +2701,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
@@ -2687,7 +2710,7 @@ msgstr ""
"vår eksempelvert vil det se ut som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2703,7 +2726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
@@ -2712,25 +2735,25 @@ msgstr ""
"du endrer oppsettet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:950
#, fuzzy
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr "Søk etter og slett brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:952
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2738,13 +2761,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:962
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2752,7 +2775,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup </"
"computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2762,7 +2785,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups </"
"computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2777,14 +2800,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2795,12 +2818,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:988
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr "Mer lwat dokumentasjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:990
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or <ulink url='http://bzz.no/"
@@ -2811,12 +2834,12 @@ msgstr ""
"lwat/download/doc/'>på nettet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr "Skriverhåndtering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink url='https://"
"www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups management site "
@@ -2831,7 +2854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"blir du tvunget til å bruke ssl-kryptering."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2842,12 +2865,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skal gjøre når dette ikke fører til noe."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr "Klokkesynkronisering"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2866,7 +2889,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hele tiden, noe som gav dem en saftig telefonregning."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2884,12 +2907,12 @@ msgstr ""
"kjøre <computeroutput>ntpq -c lpeer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr "Utvide full partisjon"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2904,17 +2927,17 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Administration\">administrasjonsveiledninger</link> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr "Vedlikehold"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr "Oppdatere programvaren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
@@ -2923,7 +2946,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput> og kde-update-notifier."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2938,7 +2961,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(oppgraderer pakker som har tilgjengelige oppdateringer)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use kde-update-notifier. "
"FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
@@ -2947,7 +2970,7 @@ msgstr ""
"FIXME: Forklar hvordan, kanskje med et skjermbilde."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2958,7 +2981,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de opp til å sende e-post til en adresse du leser."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2972,7 +2995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"upgrade</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
@@ -2981,12 +3004,12 @@ msgstr ""
"oppføringer til deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink url='https://www/"
"slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please note that you have "
@@ -3000,7 +3023,7 @@ msgstr ""
"uten bruk av ssl vil du mislykkes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 </"
"computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to /"
@@ -3013,7 +3036,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ganger (viss du sletter noe), så er dette oppsettet greit for deg."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
@@ -3022,7 +3045,7 @@ msgstr ""
"viss du installerer fra etch-test i dag.(FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
@@ -3031,7 +3054,7 @@ msgstr ""
"beskytter deg mot harddisker som går i stykker."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
@@ -3041,41 +3064,13 @@ msgstr ""
"stasjon eller en annen harddisk, så må du endre oppsettet lite granne."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1073
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
-msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
-msgid ""
-"You may copy the whole backup over to another computer in the same network "
-"using:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
-msgid ""
-"ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf - /"
-"skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
-msgid ""
-"This takes the hole home0 and saves it on the other computer av a tar.gz "
-"file. How to deal with the tar.gz file: <ulink url='http://www.gzip."
-"org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr "Tjenerovervåkning"
@@ -4278,13 +4273,34 @@ msgstr ""
"partisjoner mens de er monterte og i bruk. Du kan lære mer om LVM i <ulink "
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo</ulink>."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+msgid ""
+"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
+"grow to."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1508
+msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr "Bruker volatile.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -4295,17 +4311,17 @@ msgstr ""
"på standardinstallasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr "Hva er debian-volatile?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis>Siterer fra nettsiden:</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -4325,12 +4341,12 @@ msgstr ""
"være funksjonelle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr "Hvordan bruke volatile"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the <computeroutput>debian-"
"archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is installed by default, "
@@ -4342,7 +4358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"list</computeroutput>:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -4352,7 +4368,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade </"
"computeroutput>."
@@ -4361,12 +4377,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr "Bruk av backports.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian Edu. "
"It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a little bit "
@@ -4377,7 +4393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"enn du liker. Her er hvor backports.org kommer inn."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -4398,7 +4414,7 @@ msgstr ""
"org'>http://www.backports.org</ulink> for bruk av disse pakkene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt </"
@@ -4412,7 +4428,7 @@ msgstr ""
"å kjøre disse kommandoene som root:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1557
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -4468,12 +4484,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586 release-manual.xml:2129 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588 release-manual.xml:2131 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2138 release-manual.xml:2222
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4487,22 +4503,22 @@ msgstr ""
"utviklerorientert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr "Veiledninger for skrivebordet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr "KDE Kiosk modus"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
@@ -4511,12 +4527,12 @@ msgstr ""
"av filgruppen students)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr "tilpasset sett av ikoner kommer frem på elever sine skrivebord"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
@@ -4525,22 +4541,22 @@ msgstr ""
"panelet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept blir ikke startet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr "sørger for at studenter ikke kan starte en annen kde-sesjon"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1632
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
@@ -4549,7 +4565,7 @@ msgstr ""
"medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
@@ -4558,7 +4574,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -4569,7 +4585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"stegene under så vil endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -4586,7 +4602,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og leter frem en ny mappe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
@@ -4597,12 +4613,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4613,7 +4629,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
@@ -4622,7 +4638,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4634,7 +4650,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4643,12 +4659,12 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -4661,7 +4677,7 @@ msgstr ""
"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
@@ -4670,7 +4686,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Dette er forventet å bli fikset i nær fremtid. [2007-11-30]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4679,7 +4695,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fungerer både med konqueror og firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4693,7 +4709,7 @@ msgstr ""
"som root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692 release-manual.xml:1718 release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:1699 release-manual.xml:1725
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4706,7 +4722,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4715,7 +4731,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp av nettlesaren eller wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4725,7 +4741,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1707
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4733,7 +4749,7 @@ msgstr ""
"først:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4743,12 +4759,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Så installere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4758,12 +4774,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4774,7 +4790,7 @@ msgstr ""
"tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4784,12 +4800,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Så:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4799,17 +4815,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4819,12 +4835,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4835,7 +4851,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4844,7 +4860,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4854,7 +4870,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4863,12 +4879,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1753
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installere multimedia- og dvd-bibliotek"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4878,17 +4894,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4901,17 +4917,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1786
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4926,7 +4942,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4939,7 +4955,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4948,7 +4964,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4964,12 +4980,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4978,7 +4994,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4991,12 +5007,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-fila."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -5015,7 +5031,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -5024,12 +5040,12 @@ msgstr ""
"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -5042,22 +5058,22 @@ msgstr ""
"linjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -5065,7 +5081,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
@@ -5076,19 +5092,19 @@ msgstr ""
"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs </"
"computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -5096,12 +5112,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -5109,21 +5125,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" * # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -5131,19 +5147,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -5151,12 +5167,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -5164,22 +5180,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -5192,14 +5208,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -5208,7 +5224,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -5223,12 +5239,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -5249,7 +5265,7 @@ msgstr ""
"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -5258,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -5267,14 +5283,14 @@ msgstr ""
"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1927
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -5297,7 +5313,7 @@ msgstr ""
"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -5312,12 +5328,12 @@ msgstr ""
"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1927
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -5334,7 +5350,7 @@ msgstr ""
"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -5348,12 +5364,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -5366,12 +5382,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5388,7 +5404,7 @@ msgstr ""
"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5406,7 +5422,7 @@ msgstr ""
"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5419,7 +5435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5436,23 +5452,23 @@ msgstr ""
"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963 release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2053
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5468,37 +5484,37 @@ msgstr ""
"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1978 release-manual.xml:1981
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5507,7 +5523,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5516,12 +5532,12 @@ msgstr ""
"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:2062 release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:1996 release-manual.xml:2069 release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5538,12 +5554,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5552,12 +5568,12 @@ msgstr ""
"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5566,19 +5582,19 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5587,7 +5603,7 @@ msgstr ""
"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5598,17 +5614,17 @@ msgstr ""
"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5623,7 +5639,7 @@ msgstr ""
"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5637,7 +5653,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5648,13 +5664,13 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5662,22 +5678,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5688,12 +5704,12 @@ msgstr ""
"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr "Du kan bruke maskinreglermetoden beskrevet over, nøkkelen er i"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5702,17 +5718,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5727,7 +5743,7 @@ msgstr ""
"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5739,12 +5755,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5755,7 +5771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5764,7 +5780,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5773,7 +5789,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5785,7 +5801,7 @@ msgstr ""
"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5795,17 +5811,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
-msgid "moodle"
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5813,29 +5830,46 @@ msgstr ""
"Kjør <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle</computeroutput> som root for å "
"installere moodle."
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2165
+msgid ""
+"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
+"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
+"create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on "
+"any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a "
+"single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in "
+"France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2167
+msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
+"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
-"Noen skoler i Frankrike bruker moodle for å holde orden på elevenes oppgaver "
-"og karakterpoeng."
+"Se <ulink url='http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?"
+"bug=386791'>#386791 </ulink> for mer informasjon."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2165
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2167
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/"
"index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?"
@@ -5843,73 +5877,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install italc\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-"apt-get install italc\n"
-"]]"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
-"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
-msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
-msgstr "Hindre elever nettverkstilgang"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
-msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
-"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr ""
-"Noen skoler bruker squidguard eller dansguardian for å hindre "
-"internettilgang."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
-msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
-"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
-"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-"</inlinemediaobject><emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: å hindre "
-"tilgang til informasjon eller ytringsfrihet kan være uetisk og ulovlig i "
-"ditt område."
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
-msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
-msgstr "Installere swi-prolog på etch"
-
-# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
-"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
-"system."
-msgstr ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog</computeroutput> var tilgjengelig i sarge, men er "
-"ikke en del av etch. Men du kan installere sarge-versjonen på et etch-system."
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Restricting pupils network access ==\n"
+"\n"
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Installing swi-prolog on etch ==\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{swi-prolog}}} was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with {{{apt-get}}} is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{\n"
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
@@ -5918,16 +5910,9 @@ msgid ""
"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
"]]"
msgstr ""
-"# swi-prolog krever libreadline4, heller ikke i etch\n"
-"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
-"dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
-"\n"
-"wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
-"dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
-"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5936,7 +5921,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5947,22 +5932,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5974,7 +5959,7 @@ msgstr ""
"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5991,12 +5976,12 @@ msgstr ""
"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -6007,7 +5992,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -6018,12 +6003,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -6032,7 +6017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2286
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -6045,7 +6030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -6056,12 +6041,12 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -6074,7 +6059,7 @@ msgstr ""
"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -6091,7 +6076,7 @@ msgstr ""
"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -6104,7 +6089,7 @@ msgstr ""
"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -6121,22 +6106,22 @@ msgstr ""
"vi flytte dette dokumentet dit."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -6147,7 +6132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -6157,12 +6142,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -6173,7 +6158,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -6186,18 +6171,18 @@ msgstr ""
"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -6206,7 +6191,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -6215,18 +6200,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -6235,12 +6220,12 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
@@ -6249,12 +6234,12 @@ msgstr ""
"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -6265,12 +6250,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -6283,7 +6268,7 @@ msgstr ""
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -6296,12 +6281,12 @@ msgstr ""
"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6310,7 +6295,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6319,18 +6304,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
-"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
+"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
+"Sicking and Kai Hatje and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
"Den tyske oversettelsen er gjort av Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf "
"Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert og Jürgen Leibner med opphavsrett 2007 og "
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -6339,12 +6325,12 @@ msgstr ""
"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -6353,12 +6339,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -6372,7 +6358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -6388,7 +6374,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6400,7 +6386,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6409,7 +6395,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6422,7 +6408,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6431,7 +6417,7 @@ msgstr ""
"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
@@ -6440,12 +6426,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2453
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2458
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6456,23 +6442,23 @@ msgstr ""
"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6485,7 +6471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6498,7 +6484,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6507,7 +6493,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2482
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6515,17 +6501,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6534,12 +6520,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6553,7 +6539,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6564,7 +6550,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6576,14 +6562,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6592,7 +6578,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6600,7 +6586,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6609,7 +6595,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6624,7 +6610,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2522
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6638,7 +6624,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6647,7 +6633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6656,7 +6642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6665,7 +6651,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6674,7 +6660,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6685,7 +6671,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6695,7 +6681,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6709,7 +6695,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6719,7 +6705,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6731,7 +6717,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6744,7 +6730,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6756,7 +6742,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6773,7 +6759,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6781,7 +6767,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6795,14 +6781,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6814,7 +6800,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6823,7 +6809,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6835,7 +6821,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6848,12 +6834,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6867,7 +6853,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2593
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6881,42 +6867,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2593
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2605
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6936,122 +6922,122 @@ msgstr ""
"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2616
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643 release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2631 release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2638
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2651
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -7064,32 +7050,32 @@ msgstr ""
"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2704
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
@@ -7099,3 +7085,102 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP</ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP</ulink> eller rsync fra ftp.skolelinux.org ved cd-"
"etch-live/"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+#~ "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in "
+#~ "development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian "
+#~ "whose out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-"
+#~ "network In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is "
+#~ "schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Skolelinux er Debian Edu-prosjektet's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/"
+#~ "index.cgi?CustomDebian'>tilpassede Debian-distribusjon</ulink> (CDD) i "
+#~ "utvikling. Det dette betyr er at Skolelinux er en versjon av Debian som "
+#~ "ut av boksen gir deg et miljø som er tilpasset skolenettverk i Norge, der "
+#~ "Skolelinux ble startet. Hovedmålgruppen er skoler for barn i "
+#~ "aldersgruppen 6-16 år."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
+#~ msgstr "Håndtering av sikkerhetskopier"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities "
+#~ "and credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Noen skoler i Frankrike bruker moodle for å holde orden på elevenes "
+#~ "oppgaver og karakterpoeng."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "apt-get install italc\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "apt-get install italc\n"
+#~ "]]"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+#~ "monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
+#~ "overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
+#~ msgstr "Hindre elever nettverkstilgang"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
+#~ "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Noen skoler bruker squidguard eller dansguardian for å hindre "
+#~ "internettilgang."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
+#~ "restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
+#~ "and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "</inlinemediaobject><emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: å hindre "
+#~ "tilgang til informasjon eller ytringsfrihet kan være uetisk og ulovlig i "
+#~ "ditt område."
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
+#~ msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
+#~ msgstr "Installere swi-prolog på etch"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but "
+#~ "was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on "
+#~ "a etch system."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<computeroutput>swi-prolog</computeroutput> var tilgjengelig i sarge, men "
+#~ "er ikke en del av etch. Men du kan installere sarge-versjonen på et etch-"
+#~ "system."
+
+# type: CDATA
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "# swi-prolog krever libreadline4, heller ikke i etch\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb \n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/s/swi-prolog/swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb\n"
+#~ "]]"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 7ba6e53..a4a4f8e 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-23 11:20+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-01-12 12:59+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2485
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -63,53 +63,59 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:23
msgid ""
-"Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink "
-"url='http://wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian "
-"Distribution </ulink> (CDD) in development. What this means is that "
-"Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose out-of-the box environment gives you "
-"a completely configured school-network In Norway, where Skolelinux was "
-"started, the main target group is schools serving the 6-16 years age "
-"bracket."
+"Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution "
+"</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian "
+"</ulink>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:26
+#: release-manual.xml:27
msgid ""
-"The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most "
-"installations in Norway, Germany and France."
+"What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an "
+"out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools "
+"serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several "
+"countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and "
+"France."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:31
+#: release-manual.xml:34
msgid "Architecture"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:33
+#: release-manual.xml:36
msgid ""
"This section of the document describes the network architecture and services "
"provided by a Skolelinux installation."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:37
+#: release-manual.xml:40
msgid "Network"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:40
+#: release-manual.xml:43
msgid "<phrase>attachment:network-arch.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:45
+#: release-manual.xml:48
msgid ""
"(The <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source package "
"contains this image as a <computeroutput>dia </computeroutput> file.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:49
+#: release-manual.xml:52
msgid ""
"The figure is a sketch of the assumed network topology. The default setup of "
"a Skolelinux network assumes that there is one (and only one) main-server, "
@@ -122,7 +128,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:51
+#: release-manual.xml:54
msgid ""
"The reason that there can only be one main server in each school network is "
"that the main server provides DHCP, and there can be only one machine doing "
@@ -133,7 +139,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:53
+#: release-manual.xml:56
msgid ""
"In order to simplify the standard setup of Skolelinux, the Internet "
"connection runs over a separate router. It is possible to set up Debian with "
@@ -143,12 +149,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:58
+#: release-manual.xml:61
msgid "Services"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:60
+#: release-manual.xml:63
msgid ""
"With the exception of the control of the thin-clients, all services are "
"initially set up on one central computer (the main server). For performance "
@@ -163,7 +169,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:62
+#: release-manual.xml:65
msgid ""
"To ensure security all connections where passwords are transmitted over the "
"network are encrypted, so no passwords are send over the network as plain "
@@ -171,7 +177,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:64
+#: release-manual.xml:67
msgid ""
"Below is a list of the services that are set up by default in a Skolelinux "
"network, with the DNS name of each service given in square brackets. Where "
@@ -184,82 +190,82 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:66
+#: release-manual.xml:69
msgid "Centralized Logging [syslog]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:67
+#: release-manual.xml:70
msgid "DNS (Bind) [domain]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:68
+#: release-manual.xml:71
msgid "Automatic Network Configuration of Machines (DHCP) [bootps]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:69
+#: release-manual.xml:72
msgid "Clock Synchronization (NTP) [ntp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:70
+#: release-manual.xml:73
msgid "Home Directories via Network File System (SMB/NFS) [homes]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:71
+#: release-manual.xml:74
msgid "Electronic Post Office [postoffice]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:72
+#: release-manual.xml:75
msgid "Directory Service (OpenLDAP) [ldap]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:73
+#: release-manual.xml:76
msgid "User Administration (lwat)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:74
+#: release-manual.xml:77
msgid "Web Server (Apache/PHP) [www]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:75
+#: release-manual.xml:78
msgid "Central Backup (sl-backup, slbackup-php) [backup]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:76
+#: release-manual.xml:79
msgid "Web Cache / Proxy (Squid) [webcache]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:77
+#: release-manual.xml:80
msgid "Printing (CUPS) [ipp]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:78
+#: release-manual.xml:81
msgid "Remote Login (OpenSSH) [ssh]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:79
+#: release-manual.xml:82
msgid "Automatic Configuration [cfengine]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:80
+#: release-manual.xml:83
msgid "Thin Client Server/s (LTSP) [ltspserver\\#]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:81
+#: release-manual.xml:84
msgid ""
"Machine and Service Surveillance with Error Reporting, plus Status and "
"History on the Web. Error Reporting by E-mail (munin,nagios and "
@@ -267,7 +273,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:84
+#: release-manual.xml:87
msgid ""
"Each user stores his personal files in his home folder which is made "
"available by the server. Home folders are accessible from all machines, "
@@ -277,7 +283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:86
+#: release-manual.xml:89
msgid ""
"By default e-mail is set up for local delivery (i.e. within the school) "
"only, though e-mail delivery to the wider Internet may be set up if the "
@@ -288,14 +294,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:88
+#: release-manual.xml:91
msgid ""
"All services are accessible using the same username and password, thanks to "
"the central user database for authentication and authorization."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:90
+#: release-manual.xml:93
msgid ""
"To increase performance on frequently accessed sites a web proxy that caches "
"files locally (Squid) is used. In conjunction with blocking web-traffic in "
@@ -304,7 +310,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:92
+#: release-manual.xml:95
msgid ""
"Network configuration on the clients is done automatically using "
"DHCP. Normal clients are allocated IP addresses in the private subnet "
@@ -315,7 +321,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:94
+#: release-manual.xml:97
msgid ""
"Centralized logging is set up so that all machines send their syslog "
"messages to the server. The syslog service is set up so that it only accepts "
@@ -323,7 +329,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:96
+#: release-manual.xml:99
msgid ""
"By default the DNS server is set up with a domain for internal use only "
"(*.intern), until a real (\"external\") DNS domain can be set up. The DNS "
@@ -332,7 +338,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:98
+#: release-manual.xml:101
msgid ""
"Pupils and teachers have the possibility to publish websites. The web server "
"provides mechanisms for authenticating users, and for limiting access to "
@@ -342,7 +348,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:100
+#: release-manual.xml:103
msgid ""
"Information on users and machines can be changed in one central location, "
"and is made accessible to all computers on the network automatically. To "
@@ -355,7 +361,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:102
+#: release-manual.xml:105
msgid ""
"Administration of services and users will by and large be via web, and "
"follow established standards, functioning well in the web browsers which are "
@@ -364,7 +370,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:104
+#: release-manual.xml:107
msgid ""
"In order to avoid certain problems with NFS, and to make it simpler to debug "
"problems, time needs to be synchronized on the different machines. To "
@@ -376,7 +382,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:106
+#: release-manual.xml:109
msgid ""
"Printers are connected where convenient, either directly onto the network, "
"or connected to a server, workstation or thin-client-server. Access to "
@@ -386,12 +392,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:110
-msgid "Thin client services"
+#: release-manual.xml:113
+msgid "Thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:112
+#: release-manual.xml:115
msgid ""
"A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an "
"(X-)terminal. This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly "
@@ -401,7 +407,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:114
+#: release-manual.xml:117
msgid ""
"Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they "
"effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The "
@@ -412,51 +418,69 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:116
+#: release-manual.xml:119
msgid ""
"The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, "
-"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin "
-"clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify "
-"which client is logged onto what on the central server?)"
+"and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:121
-msgid "LowFat (diskless) Workstations"
+#: release-manual.xml:124
+msgid "Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:123
+#: release-manual.xml:126
msgid ""
-"A lowfat workstation runs all software on the PC without locally installed "
-"operating system. This means that client machines boots direcly from the "
-"servers hard drive without running software installed on the local hard "
-"drive. The lowfat workstation setup is not a new consept. It was first used "
-"by Novell around 20 years ago booting Windows PC's over the network. Now "
-"lowfat workstations is a part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) "
-"introduced with version 5.0."
+"For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients "
+"or half-thick clients are also used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:125
+#: release-manual.xml:128
msgid ""
-"Lowfat workstations is an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
-"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. With lowfat workstations all "
-"applications are run locally on the client PC. Software is administered and "
+"A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally "
+"installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly "
+"from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local "
+"hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the "
+"same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and "
"maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the "
-"clients. Home directory and system settings are stored on the "
-"server. Recomended requirement are 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz CPU or more. Local "
-"swapdisk is recommended, expesially when running multimedia applications "
-"etc."
+"clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server "
+"Project (LTSP) with version 5.0."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:138
+msgid "Networked clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"The term \"networked clients\" is used in this manual to refer to both thin "
+"clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or "
+"Windows."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:131
+#: release-manual.xml:145
msgid "Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:133
+#: release-manual.xml:147
msgid ""
"All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD "
"will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It "
@@ -465,7 +489,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:135
+#: release-manual.xml:149
msgid ""
"We use cfengine to edit configuration files. These files are updated from "
"the server to the clients. In order to change the client configuration, it "
@@ -474,7 +498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:137
+#: release-manual.xml:151
msgid ""
"All user information is kept in an LDAP directory. Updates of user accounts "
"are made against this database and is used by the clients for user "
@@ -482,17 +506,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:142 release-manual.xml:339
+#: release-manual.xml:156 release-manual.xml:351
msgid "Installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:144
+#: release-manual.xml:158
msgid "Installation is possible either from a CD or DVD."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:146
+#: release-manual.xml:160
msgid ""
"The aim is to be able to install a server from CD/DVD, and install clients "
"over the network by booting all other machines from the network. The DVD "
@@ -500,7 +524,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:148
+#: release-manual.xml:162
msgid ""
"The installation should not ask any questions, with the exception of desired "
"language (e.g. Norwegian Bokmal, Nynorsk, Sami) and machine profile (server, "
@@ -510,12 +534,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:153
+#: release-manual.xml:167
msgid "File system access configuration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:155
+#: release-manual.xml:169
msgid ""
"Each Skolelinux user account is assigned a section of the file system on the "
"file server. This section (home directory) contains the user's configuration "
@@ -526,7 +550,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:157
+#: release-manual.xml:171
msgid ""
"To ensure that all disks that are used for user directories or shared "
"directories can be uniquely named across all the computers in the "
@@ -538,7 +562,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:161
+#: release-manual.xml:175
msgid ""
"To enable shared file access control using the file groups, each user must "
"be assigned a primary group with no other members. The name of this private "
@@ -554,7 +578,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:164
+#: release-manual.xml:178
msgid ""
"The initial access settings for newly created files is a matter of "
"policy. They may either be set to give read access to everybody, which can "
@@ -573,7 +597,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:166
+#: release-manual.xml:180
msgid ""
"Suggestion: The files are initially set to be readable by all, but "
"particular directories are created in which the content is initially "
@@ -589,7 +613,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:173
+#: release-manual.xml:187
msgid ""
"ssh requires that the home directory can only be written to by the owner, "
"thus the maximum access privilege for <computeroutput>~/ </computeroutput> "
@@ -597,45 +621,45 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:175
+#: release-manual.xml:189
msgid ""
"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared "
"directories?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:181
+#: release-manual.xml:195
msgid "random notes"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:183
+#: release-manual.xml:197
msgid ""
"These are random notes concerning things which should be included in this "
"document."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:184
+#: release-manual.xml:198
msgid ""
"Centralized user database with grouping and the ability to control which "
"groups have access to which machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:185
+#: release-manual.xml:199
msgid ""
"Grouping of machines and ability to control access to network services for "
"these groups (access blocking to Internet via squid)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:186
+#: release-manual.xml:200
msgid "Should consider using a DNS name from RFC 2606."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:189
+#: release-manual.xml:203
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>This chapter was copied and pasted from <ulink "
"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/arkitektur/arkitektur.html.en "
@@ -647,116 +671,116 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:198
+#: release-manual.xml:212
msgid "Features"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:202
+#: release-manual.xml:216
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r1 Terra\" release 2007-12-05"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:203
+#: release-manual.xml:217
msgid ""
"much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian "
"Bokmal and Italian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:204
+#: release-manual.xml:218
msgid ""
"includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came "
"to our attentention after the 3.0r0 release"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:210
+#: release-manual.xml:224
msgid "New features in the \"3.0r0 Terra\" release 2007-07-22"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:211
+#: release-manual.xml:225
msgid "Based on Debian 4.0 Etch released 2007-04-08."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:212
+#: release-manual.xml:226
msgid "Graphical installer with mouse support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:213
+#: release-manual.xml:227
msgid "Boot splash with usplash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:214
+#: release-manual.xml:228
msgid "LSB 3.1 compatible"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.18"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:215
+#: release-manual.xml:229
msgid "Support for SATA controllers and hard disks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:218
+#: release-manual.xml:232
msgid "X.org version 7.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:219
+#: release-manual.xml:233
msgid "KDE desktop environment version 3.5.5"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:221
+#: release-manual.xml:235
msgid "OpenOffice.org version 2.0."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:223
+#: release-manual.xml:237
msgid "LTSP5 (version 0.99debian12)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:224
+#: release-manual.xml:238
msgid "Automatic tracking of installed machines using Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:225
+#: release-manual.xml:239
msgid "Automatic configuration of munin using data from Sitesummary."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:226
+#: release-manual.xml:240
msgid "Automatic version control of configuration files in /etc/ using svk."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "File systems sizes can be extended while the file system is mounted."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:227
+#: release-manual.xml:241
msgid "Support automatically extending file system based on predefined rules."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:230
+#: release-manual.xml:244
msgid "Local Device Support on thin clients."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:231
+#: release-manual.xml:245
msgid ""
"New processor architectures: amd64 (fully supported) and powerpc "
"(experimental support, installation media only boots on the newworld "
@@ -764,12 +788,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:232
+#: release-manual.xml:246
msgid "Multi-architecture DVD for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:233
+#: release-manual.xml:247
msgid ""
"Regression: the CD-install requires Internet access during "
"installation. Previous versions could be installed from one CD without "
@@ -777,7 +801,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:235
+#: release-manual.xml:249
msgid ""
"Regression: <computeroutput>webmin </computeroutput> is now removed from "
"Debian because of problems supporting it. We've added a new web based user "
@@ -789,7 +813,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:243
+#: release-manual.xml:257
msgid ""
"Regression: swi-prolog is not part of etch, but was part of sarge. The <link "
"linkend=\"TeachAndLearn\">HowTo teach and learn</link> Chapter describes how "
@@ -797,67 +821,67 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:250
+#: release-manual.xml:264
msgid "Features in 2.0 release 2006-03-14"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:251
+#: release-manual.xml:265
msgid "Based on Debian 3.1 Sarge released 2005-06-06."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:252
+#: release-manual.xml:266
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.6.8."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:253
+#: release-manual.xml:267
msgid "XFree86 version 4.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:254
+#: release-manual.xml:268
msgid "KDE version 3.3."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:256
+#: release-manual.xml:270
msgid "OpenOffice.org 1.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:263
+#: release-manual.xml:277
msgid "Features in \"1.0 Venus\" release 2004-06-20"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:264
+#: release-manual.xml:278
msgid "Based on Debian 3.0 Woody released 2002-07-19."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:265
+#: release-manual.xml:279
msgid "Linux kernel version 2.4.26."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:266
+#: release-manual.xml:280
msgid "XFree86 version 4.1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:267
+#: release-manual.xml:281
msgid "KDE version 2.2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:273
+#: release-manual.xml:287
msgid "More information on older releases"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:275
+#: release-manual.xml:289
msgid ""
"More information on the older releases can be found at <ulink "
"url='http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html'>http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html "
@@ -865,12 +889,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:282
+#: release-manual.xml:296
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:284
+#: release-manual.xml:298
msgid ""
"There are different ways of set up a Skolelinux solution. It can be "
"installed on just one standalone PC or a regional wide solution at many "
@@ -880,21 +904,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:285
+#: release-manual.xml:299
msgid ""
"a router/gateway (IP 10.0.2.1) providing access to the internet (when using "
"the default network architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"the computers running Debian Edu / Skolelinux must have either i386, amd64 "
"or powerpc processors."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:286
+#: release-manual.xml:300
msgid ""
"On powerpc, the installation media will only boot on machines of the "
"newworld sub-architecture, which are the systems from apple with a "
@@ -902,7 +926,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:290
+#: release-manual.xml:304
msgid ""
"for the main server (10.0.2.2): this is the one single computer in the "
"network which get's the <computeroutput>tjener </computeroutput>-profile "
@@ -910,75 +934,75 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:293
+#: release-manual.xml:307
msgid "workstation(s) and/or thin client (LTSP) server(s)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:294
+#: release-manual.xml:308
msgid "thin clients clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid ""
"thin client (LTSP) servers need two network cards when using the default "
"network architecture:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:295
+#: release-manual.xml:309
msgid "eth0 connected to the main network (10.0.2.0/23)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:296
+#: release-manual.xml:310
msgid "eth1 (192.168.0.0/24) serving the thin-clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:299
+#: release-manual.xml:313
msgid ""
"disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB "
"will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:300
+#: release-manual.xml:314
msgid ""
"for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap "
"is required"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:301
+#: release-manual.xml:315
msgid ""
"for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space "
"are recommended minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:303
+# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#: release-manual.xml:316
msgid ""
-"for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 "
-"MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network "
-"is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can "
-"tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE "
-"variable."
+"for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat "
+"clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended "
+"minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, "
+"the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing "
+"/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:305
+#: release-manual.xml:317
msgid "for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:308
+#: release-manual.xml:320
msgid "FIXME: add links to explainations of main-server and thinclient-server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:310
+#: release-manual.xml:322
msgid ""
"A list of tested hardware is provided from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/ "
@@ -986,17 +1010,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:315
+#: release-manual.xml:327
msgid "Network requirements"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:319
+#: release-manual.xml:331
msgid "Internet-Router"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:321
+#: release-manual.xml:333
msgid ""
"A router/gateway, connected to the internet on the external interface and "
"running on the IP address 10.0.2.1 on the internal interface. The router "
@@ -1005,7 +1029,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:323
+#: release-manual.xml:335
msgid ""
"If you are looking for a i386 based solution, we recommend <ulink "
"url='http://www.ipcop.org'>IPCop </ulink> or <ulink "
@@ -1021,7 +1045,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:331
+#: release-manual.xml:343
msgid ""
"It's possible to use a different network setup, this is the <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet'>documented "
@@ -1032,12 +1056,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:343
+#: release-manual.xml:355
msgid "Where to find more information"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:345
+#: release-manual.xml:357
msgid ""
"We recommend to read or at least take a look at the <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/releasenotes'>release notes for "
@@ -1047,12 +1071,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:347 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2224 release-manual.xml:2259 release-manual.xml:2339
+#: release-manual.xml:359 release-manual.xml:1459 release-manual.xml:2212 release-manual.xml:2247 release-manual.xml:2327
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:352
+#: release-manual.xml:364
msgid ""
"Even more <ulink "
"url='http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual'>information about "
@@ -1060,38 +1084,38 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:358
+#: release-manual.xml:370
msgid "Download an installation media for Debian Edu etch 3.0r1"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:362
+#: release-manual.xml:374
msgid "DVDs for i386, amd64 and powerpc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:364
+#: release-manual.xml:376
msgid ""
"The multiarch dvd ISO image is 4.4 GiB large. To download it, use either of "
"these methods:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:366
+#: release-manual.xml:378
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:369
+#: release-manual.xml:381
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:372
+#: release-manual.xml:384
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-i386-powerpc-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1099,26 +1123,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:377
+#: release-manual.xml:389
msgid "or for the netinstall cd you can download for i386"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:379
+#: release-manual.xml:391
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:382
+#: release-manual.xml:394
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:385
+#: release-manual.xml:397
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-i386-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1126,26 +1150,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:390
+#: release-manual.xml:402
msgid "amd64"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:392
+#: release-manual.xml:404
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:395
+#: release-manual.xml:407
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:398
+#: release-manual.xml:410
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-amd64-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1153,26 +1177,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:403
+#: release-manual.xml:415
msgid "and powerpc (suited for the newworld sub-architecture)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:405
+#: release-manual.xml:417
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:408
+#: release-manual.xml:420
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:411
+#: release-manual.xml:423
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-powerpc-netinst-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1180,7 +1204,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:416
+#: release-manual.xml:428
msgid ""
"The powerpc port has not been tested as much as the other architectures, "
"though it should work just fine and has been reported to work. Still, we "
@@ -1189,26 +1213,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:418
+#: release-manual.xml:430
msgid "The source code for this release is available on a DVD image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:420
+#: release-manual.xml:432
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:423
+#: release-manual.xml:435
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
"</computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:426
+#: release-manual.xml:438
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>rsync "
"ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-etch-source-DVD-3.0r1.iso "
@@ -1216,12 +1240,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:435
+#: release-manual.xml:447
msgid "Request a CD/DVD by mail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:437
+#: release-manual.xml:449
msgid ""
"For those without a fast internet connection, we offer to send you a CD or "
"DVD for the cost of the CD or DVD and shipping. Just send an email to <ulink "
@@ -1230,24 +1254,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:439 release-manual.xml:520 release-manual.xml:1874
+#: release-manual.xml:451 release-manual.xml:535 release-manual.xml:1881
msgid "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:442
+#: release-manual.xml:454
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to include the address you want the CD or DVD "
"to be sent to in the email."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:447
+#: release-manual.xml:459
msgid "Installation from CD"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:449
+#: release-manual.xml:461
msgid ""
"The netinst installation will fetch some packages from the CD and the rest "
"from the net. The amount of packages fetched from the net varies from "
@@ -1255,52 +1279,52 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:450
+#: release-manual.xml:462
msgid "Main server: 8 of 115 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:451
+#: release-manual.xml:463
msgid "Main server and Thin client server: 618 of 1082 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:452
+#: release-manual.xml:464
msgid "Main server and Workstation: 618 of 1081 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:453
+#: release-manual.xml:465
msgid "Thin client server: 618 of 1052 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:454
+#: release-manual.xml:466
msgid "Workstation: 618 of 1051 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:455
+#: release-manual.xml:467
msgid "Standalone: 618 of 1020 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:456
+#: release-manual.xml:468
msgid "Barebone: 12 of 83 MiB downloaded."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:459
+#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "The profiles are explained below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:464
+#: release-manual.xml:476
msgid "Installation options"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:466
+#: release-manual.xml:478
msgid ""
"When you do an Debian Edu installation you have a few options to choose. But "
"don't be afraid, there aren't many. We have done a good job hiding the "
@@ -1311,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:468
+#: release-manual.xml:480
msgid ""
"Normal graphical installation is the default on i386 and amd64. The powerpc "
"installer does not support graphical installation. Enter "
@@ -1320,7 +1344,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:471
+#: release-manual.xml:483
msgid ""
"The <computeroutput>debian-edu-expert </computeroutput> boot-option adds the "
"barebone profile to the profile options, and switches to manual "
@@ -1330,7 +1354,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:477
+#: release-manual.xml:489
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the amd64 text mode with the multiarch DVD it would be "
"<computeroutput>amd64-install </computeroutput>. Likewise you can choose "
@@ -1339,7 +1363,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:482
+#: release-manual.xml:494
msgid ""
"If you want to boot the i386 mode with the multiarch DVD on an amd64 machine "
"you need to manually select <computeroutput>install </computeroutput> (text "
@@ -1349,7 +1373,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:487
+#: release-manual.xml:499
msgid ""
"If you have already installed the mainserver profile on a machine, you can "
"use its http proxy service to speed up the following installations from "
@@ -1358,32 +1382,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:492
+#: release-manual.xml:504
msgid "Choose a language (for the installation and the installed system)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:493
+#: release-manual.xml:505
msgid "Choose a time-zone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:494
+#: release-manual.xml:506
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:496
+#: release-manual.xml:508
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Choose a profile </emphasis>:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid "server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:498
+#: release-manual.xml:510
msgid ""
"This is the main server (tjener) for your school providing the following "
"services: file, print, intranet, proxy, DNS, DHCP, LDAP, backup, nagios, "
@@ -1392,12 +1416,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid "workstation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:501
+#: release-manual.xml:513
msgid ""
"A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and "
"devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is "
@@ -1406,37 +1430,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+#: release-manual.xml:516
msgid "thin client server"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:504
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:517
msgid ""
"Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive "
"boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network "
-"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core."
+"cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of "
+"the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a "
+"diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this "
+"HowTo </ulink>. (Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the "
+"manual.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid "standalone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:507
+#: release-manual.xml:522
msgid ""
"An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't "
"need to be on the network. Includes laptops."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid "barebone"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:510
+#: release-manual.xml:525
msgid ""
"This profile is only available when using the 'debian-edu-expert' boot "
"option. It will install the base packages and configure the machine to "
@@ -1446,7 +1475,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:514
+#: release-manual.xml:529
msgid ""
"The first 3 profiles can all be installed on the same machine. That means "
"the main server can also be a thin client server and can be used as a "
@@ -1454,17 +1483,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:515
+#: release-manual.xml:530
msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:516
+#: release-manual.xml:531
msgid "say yes to partman"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:518
+#: release-manual.xml:533
msgid ""
"please say yes to submit information to <ulink "
"url='http://popcon.skolelinux.org/'>http://popcon.skolelinux.org/ </ulink> - "
@@ -1472,27 +1501,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:525
+#: release-manual.xml:540
msgid "wait"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:526
+#: release-manual.xml:541
msgid "be happy"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:529
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
-msgstr ""
-
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:533
+#: release-manual.xml:546
msgid "A note on manual partitioning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:535
+#: release-manual.xml:548
msgid ""
"If you decide to do manual partitioning for the main-server, you need to "
"make sure that the directory /skole/tjener/home0 exists, probably by "
@@ -1503,12 +1527,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:540
+#: release-manual.xml:553
msgid "A note on notebooks"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:542
+#: release-manual.xml:555
msgid ""
"In principal it makes sense to either install notebooks with the workstation "
"or with the standalone profile. But keep in mind, that the workstation "
@@ -1519,7 +1543,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:544
+#: release-manual.xml:557
msgid ""
"It is possible to reconfigure workstations to cache authentication "
"information and sync the home directories to local disk (and resync to the "
@@ -1528,12 +1552,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:550
+#: release-manual.xml:563
msgid "A note on DVD installs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:552
+#: release-manual.xml:565
msgid ""
"If you install from a DVD <computeroutput>/etc/apt/sources.list "
"</computeroutput> will only contain sources from the DVD. If you have an "
@@ -1542,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:556
+#: release-manual.xml:569
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ etch main \n"
@@ -1552,132 +1576,132 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:565
+#: release-manual.xml:578
msgid ""
"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server "
"installation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:568
+#: release-manual.xml:581
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-bootopt.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:574
+#: release-manual.xml:587
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-lang.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:580
+#: release-manual.xml:593
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-region.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:586
+#: release-manual.xml:599
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-keyboard.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:592
+#: release-manual.xml:605
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-profile-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:598
+#: release-manual.xml:611
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-autopartition.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:604
+#: release-manual.xml:617
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-popcon.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:610
+#: release-manual.xml:623
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-timezone.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:616
+#: release-manual.xml:629
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-rootpw.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:622
+#: release-manual.xml:635
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-baseinstall.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:628
+#: release-manual.xml:641
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-pkginstall-ms-tcs.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:634
+#: release-manual.xml:647
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-finished.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:640
+#: release-manual.xml:653
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-grub.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:646
+#: release-manual.xml:659
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-usplash.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:651
+#: release-manual.xml:664
msgid ""
"The KDM login screen was manually adjusted to reduce the resolution for this "
"screen shot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:654
+#: release-manual.xml:667
msgid "<phrase>attachment:debian-edu-kdm-small.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:663
+#: release-manual.xml:676
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:665
+#: release-manual.xml:678
msgid ""
"This chapter describes the first steps you need to do after the installation "
"to get started. The minimum you need to do is:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:666
+#: release-manual.xml:679
msgid ""
"adding workstations to host netgroups (for exporting home-directories via "
"NFS)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:667
+#: release-manual.xml:680
msgid "adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:668
+#: release-manual.xml:681
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:671
+#: release-manual.xml:684
msgid "This is described below."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:673
+#: release-manual.xml:686
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"HowTo\">HowTo</link> chapter describes more tips and "
"tricks and frequently asked questions, while this chapter describes the "
@@ -1685,29 +1709,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:676
+#: release-manual.xml:689
msgid "<phrase>attachment:getting-started.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:683
+#: release-manual.xml:696
msgid "Services running on the main server"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:685
+#: release-manual.xml:698
msgid ""
"There are several services running on the main server which can be managed "
"via a web management interface. We'll describe each service here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:689
+#: release-manual.xml:702
msgid "Web based management, using lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:691
+#: release-manual.xml:704
msgid ""
"Lwat is a web based management tool, that will help you manage some "
"important parts of your Debian Edu setup. You can manage this four main "
@@ -1715,27 +1739,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:692
+#: release-manual.xml:705
msgid "User Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:693
+#: release-manual.xml:706
msgid "Group Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:694
+#: release-manual.xml:707
msgid "Automount informations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:695
+#: release-manual.xml:708
msgid "Machine Administration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:698
+#: release-manual.xml:711
msgid ""
"To access lwat point your webbrowser to <ulink "
"url='https://www/lwat'>https://www/lwat </ulink>. You will get an error "
@@ -1743,24 +1767,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:700
+#: release-manual.xml:713
msgid "the certificate is self-signed"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:701
+#: release-manual.xml:714
msgid "The certificate is generated for tjener.intern"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:702
+#: release-manual.xml:715
msgid ""
"you may also get an error if the installation is more than one month old, "
"since the certificate is only valid for one month."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:705
+#: release-manual.xml:718
msgid ""
"When you have neglected the warnings (or fixed them...), you will see the "
"page below with the menu fixed to the left part and the varying main part on "
@@ -1770,37 +1794,37 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:706
+#: release-manual.xml:719
#, no-wrap
msgid "admin]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:708
+#: release-manual.xml:721
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:711
+#: release-manual.xml:724
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-login.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:716
+#: release-manual.xml:729
msgid ""
"After login the loginarea will disappear and you can choose a task in the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:721
+#: release-manual.xml:734
msgid "User Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:723
+#: release-manual.xml:736
msgid ""
"In Debian Edu account informations are stored in a LDAP directory and get "
"used from there not only from the main server itself, but also from the "
@@ -1810,14 +1834,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:725
+#: release-manual.xml:738
msgid ""
"To get the work done efficiently lwat will assist you on getting your users "
"data entered to the LDAP directory."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:727
+#: release-manual.xml:740
msgid ""
"You can add users, group them in usergroups (for example to refer the "
"members of a class more easily), update them and remove them again. The menu "
@@ -1825,12 +1849,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:731
+#: release-manual.xml:744
msgid "Adding users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:733
+#: release-manual.xml:746
msgid ""
"To add users you only have to choose \"Add\" in the \"Users\" section of the "
"menu. After choosing this entry you will see a form where you can enter the "
@@ -1844,54 +1868,54 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:735
+#: release-manual.xml:748
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>role </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:739
+#: release-manual.xml:752
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>granted privileges </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:744
+#: release-manual.xml:757
msgid "Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:747
+#: release-manual.xml:760
msgid "Login and use the system"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:751
+#: release-manual.xml:764
msgid "Teachers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:754
+#: release-manual.xml:767
msgid "Same as Students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:758
+#: release-manual.xml:771
msgid "jrAdmins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:761
+#: release-manual.xml:774
msgid ""
"Same as Teachers, but can also change other user passwords (besides the ones "
"of Admins)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:765
+#: release-manual.xml:778
msgid "Admins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:768
+#: release-manual.xml:781
msgid ""
"Admins have ultimate privileges. They can add/modify/delete "
"users/groups/machines/automounts and let windows systems join the Skolelinux "
@@ -1899,33 +1923,33 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:775
+#: release-manual.xml:788
msgid ""
"After choosing a suitable role you can hit the \"Save\" button and the user "
"is added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:777
+#: release-manual.xml:790
msgid ""
"You may miss the option to set a password, that has been deactivated, but "
"you can set a own password by modifying the user added."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:780
+#: release-manual.xml:793
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-adduser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:785
+#: release-manual.xml:798
msgid ""
"If all went well, you will see a short notice at the end of page with the "
"data added to the ldap directory (also the form gets reset):"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:788
+#: release-manual.xml:801
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Added user: Demo User\n"
@@ -1935,12 +1959,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:796
+#: release-manual.xml:809
msgid "Search and delete Users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:798
+#: release-manual.xml:811
msgid ""
"To modify or delete a user you need to first find her using the search menu "
"entry. You will find a form (searcharea in the screenshot) where you can "
@@ -1952,12 +1976,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:801
+#: release-manual.xml:814
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-searchuser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:806
+#: release-manual.xml:819
msgid ""
"A new page will show up where you can modify information directly belonging "
"to a user, change the password of the user and modify the list of groups the "
@@ -1965,17 +1989,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:809
+#: release-manual.xml:822
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-edituser.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:818
+#: release-manual.xml:831
msgid "Group Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:820
+#: release-manual.xml:833
msgid ""
"The mangement of groups is very similarly to the management of users. You "
"can enter a name and a description per group. When be searching for groups "
@@ -1984,19 +2008,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:822
+#: release-manual.xml:835
msgid ""
"The groups entered in the group management are also regular unix groups, so "
"you can use them for file permissions too."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:827
+#: release-manual.xml:840
msgid "Machine Management with lwat"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:829
+#: release-manual.xml:842
msgid ""
"With the machine management you can basically manage all IP based devices in "
"your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using "
@@ -2007,81 +2031,81 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:831
+#: release-manual.xml:844
msgid ""
"If you add a machine, you can use an ip/hostname from the preconfigured "
"address space. The following ip ranges are predefined:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:833
+#: release-manual.xml:846
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>First address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:837
+#: release-manual.xml:850
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Last address </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:841
+#: release-manual.xml:854
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>hostname </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:846
+#: release-manual.xml:859
msgid "10.0.2.10"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:849
+#: release-manual.xml:862
msgid "10.0.2.29"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:852
+#: release-manual.xml:865
msgid "ltspserver<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:858
+#: release-manual.xml:871
msgid "10.0.2.30"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:861
+#: release-manual.xml:874
msgid "10.0.2.49"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:864
+#: release-manual.xml:877
msgid "printer<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:870
+#: release-manual.xml:883
msgid "10.0.2.50"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:873
+#: release-manual.xml:886
msgid "10.0.2.99"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:876
+#: release-manual.xml:889
msgid "static<emphasis><emphasis role='strong'>xx </emphasis> </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:885
+#: release-manual.xml:898
msgid ""
"The addresses from 10.0.2.100 till 10.0.2.255 and 10.0.3.0 till 10.0.3.243 "
"are reserved for dhcp and are assigned dynamically."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:887
+#: release-manual.xml:900
msgid ""
"To assign a host with the MAC-address 00:40:05:AF:4E:C6 a static IP-address "
"you only have to enter the MAC-address and the hostname static00, the "
@@ -2090,17 +2114,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:890
+#: release-manual.xml:903
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:896 release-manual.xml:929 release-manual.xml:965 release-manual.xml:1061 release-manual.xml:1678 release-manual.xml:1689 release-manual.xml:1715 release-manual.xml:1817 release-manual.xml:1842 release-manual.xml:1849 release-manual.xml:2177 release-manual.xml:2191 release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:909 release-manual.xml:942 release-manual.xml:978 release-manual.xml:1074 release-manual.xml:1685 release-manual.xml:1696 release-manual.xml:1722 release-manual.xml:1824 release-manual.xml:1849 release-manual.xml:1856
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:899
+#: release-manual.xml:912
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This will not configure the dhcp server. You need to "
"configure the host statically or edit the configuration of the dhcp server "
@@ -2108,12 +2132,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:903
+#: release-manual.xml:916
msgid "Assign static ip addresses with dhcp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:905
+#: release-manual.xml:918
msgid ""
"To assign a static ip address to a host which you added to the ldap tree via "
"lwat, you need to edit <computeroutput>/etc/dhcp3/dhcpd.conf "
@@ -2122,7 +2146,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:909
+#: release-manual.xml:922
msgid ""
"For our example above you would, after open /etc/dhcpd3/dhcpd.conf in your "
"favourite editor, search for the configuration section of the host "
@@ -2130,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:913
+#: release-manual.xml:926
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2141,14 +2165,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:919
+#: release-manual.xml:932
msgid ""
"You need to replace the all-zero MAC-address with the correct one of your "
"static host. For our example host it will look like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:922
+#: release-manual.xml:935
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"host static00 {\n"
@@ -2159,31 +2183,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:932
+#: release-manual.xml:945
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Don't forget to restart the dhcpd as described above "
"whenever you have changed the configuration."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:937
+#: release-manual.xml:950
msgid "Search and delete machines"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:939
+#: release-manual.xml:952
msgid ""
"Searching for and deleting machines is quite similar to searching and "
"deleting users, so that information is not repeated here."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:944
+#: release-manual.xml:957
msgid "Modify existing machines / Netgroup management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:946
+#: release-manual.xml:959
msgid ""
"After adding a machine to the ldap tree using lwat, you can modify its "
"properties using the search functionality and clicking on the right entry "
@@ -2191,12 +2215,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:949
+#: release-manual.xml:962
msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-editmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:954
+#: release-manual.xml:967
msgid ""
"The form that is behind this machine links is in one way similar to the one "
"you already know from modifying user entries, but in an other way the "
@@ -2204,7 +2228,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:956
+#: release-manual.xml:969
msgid ""
"For example, adding a machine to a <computeroutput>NetGroup "
"</computeroutput> does not modify the permissions one machine (or the users "
@@ -2214,7 +2238,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:959
+#: release-manual.xml:972
msgid ""
"The default installation provides the four <computeroutput>NetGroups "
"</computeroutput> printer-hosts, workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and "
@@ -2229,14 +2253,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:968
+#: release-manual.xml:981
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Remember to configure workstations and ldap-servers "
"properly with lwat, or you users can't access their homedirs."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:970
+#: release-manual.xml:983
msgid ""
"Another important part of the machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag "
"(in the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows "
@@ -2247,12 +2271,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:975
+#: release-manual.xml:988
msgid "More lwat documentation"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:977
+#: release-manual.xml:990
msgid ""
"The full documentation for lwat can be found at "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/doc/lwat/ </computeroutput> on the main server or "
@@ -2260,12 +2284,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:985
+#: release-manual.xml:998
msgid "Printer Managment"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:987
+#: release-manual.xml:1000
msgid ""
"For Printer Management point your webbrowser to <ulink "
"url='https://www:631'>https://www:631 </ulink> This is the normal cups "
@@ -2275,7 +2299,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:990
+#: release-manual.xml:1003
msgid ""
"If you connect the printer for the first time, we suggest to run "
"<computeroutput>printconf </computeroutput> as root. FIXME: explain what to "
@@ -2283,12 +2307,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:996
+#: release-manual.xml:1009
msgid "Clock synchronization"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:998
+#: release-manual.xml:1011
msgid ""
"The default configuraiton in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all "
"machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the "
@@ -2300,7 +2324,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1000
+#: release-manual.xml:1013
msgid ""
"To enable synchronization with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on "
"the main-server need to be modified. The comments in front of the "
@@ -2312,12 +2336,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1008
+#: release-manual.xml:1021
msgid "Extend full partitions"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1010
+#: release-manual.xml:1023
msgid ""
"Because of a bug in the automatic partition, some partitions might be too "
"full after installation. To extend the full partitions, run "
@@ -2328,24 +2352,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1018
+#: release-manual.xml:1031
msgid "Maintainance"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1022
+#: release-manual.xml:1035
msgid "Updating the software"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1024
+#: release-manual.xml:1037
msgid ""
"This section explains how to use <computeroutput>aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput> and kde-update-notifier."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1027
+#: release-manual.xml:1040
msgid ""
"Using <computeroutput>aptitude </computeroutput> is really simply. To update "
"a system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root: "
@@ -2355,14 +2379,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1032
+#: release-manual.xml:1045
msgid ""
"Instead of using the command line you can also use "
"kde-update-notifier. FIXME: Explain how, maybe with a screenshot."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1034
+#: release-manual.xml:1047
msgid ""
"It is also a good idea to install <computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> "
"and <computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> and configure them to "
@@ -2370,7 +2394,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1038
+#: release-manual.xml:1051
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>cron-apt </computeroutput> will notify you once a day via "
"email, which packages need an update. It does not install these updates, but "
@@ -2379,19 +2403,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1042
+#: release-manual.xml:1055
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>apt-listchanges </computeroutput> can send new changelog "
"entries to you."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1048
+#: release-manual.xml:1061
msgid "Backup Management"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1050
+#: release-manual.xml:1063
msgid ""
"For the backup management point your browser to <ulink "
"url='https://www/slbackup-php'>https://www/slbackup-php </ulink>. Please "
@@ -2401,7 +2425,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1053
+#: release-manual.xml:1066
msgid ""
"Per default the tjener will backup <computeroutput>/skole/tjener/home0 "
"</computeroutput>, <computeroutput>/etc/ </computeroutput> and the ldap to "
@@ -2410,61 +2434,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1057
+#: release-manual.xml:1070
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>/root/.svk </computeroutput> will also be backed up if you "
"install from etch-test today. (FIXME this, once it's in etch.)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1064
+#: release-manual.xml:1077
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Be aware that this backup doesn't protect you from "
"failing harddrives."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1066
+#: release-manual.xml:1079
msgid ""
"If you want to backup your data to an external server, a tape device or "
"another harddrive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1067
+#: release-manual.xml:1080
msgid ""
"FIXME: I have to have a look on the webpage of slbackup-php to describe this "
"further"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1073
-msgid "Manuel Backup Management"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1075
-msgid ""
-"You may copy the whole backup over to another computer in the same network "
-"using:"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1077
-msgid ""
-"ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2 </ulink> 'tar czf - "
-"/skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1080
-msgid ""
-"This takes the hole home0 and saves it on the other computer av a tar.gz "
-"file. How to deal with the tar.gz file: <ulink "
-"url='http://www.gzip.org/'>http://www.gzip.org/ </ulink>"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1086
msgid "Server Monitoring"
msgstr ""
@@ -3423,13 +3420,34 @@ msgid ""
"url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo </ulink>."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1505
+msgid ""
+"To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the "
+"<computeroutput>lvextend </computeroutput> command how large you want it to "
+"grow to."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1508
+msgid "For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1509
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0 \n"
+"resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
+#: release-manual.xml:1516
msgid "Using volatile.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1511
+#: release-manual.xml:1518
msgid ""
"Since <ulink url='http://volatile.debian.org'>volatile.debian.org </ulink> "
"is a relativly new service, introduced with Debian Etch, it's not enabled on "
@@ -3437,17 +3455,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1516
+#: release-manual.xml:1523
msgid "What is debian-volatile?"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1518
+#: release-manual.xml:1525
msgid "<emphasis>Quoting from the webpage: </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1520
+#: release-manual.xml:1527
msgid ""
"Some packages aim at fast moving targets, such as spam filtering and virus "
"scanning, and even when using updated data patterns, they do not really work "
@@ -3459,12 +3477,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1526
+#: release-manual.xml:1533
msgid "How to use volatile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1528
+#: release-manual.xml:1535
msgid ""
"Since the volatile archive key is included in the "
"<computeroutput>debian-archive-keyring </computeroutput> package, which is "
@@ -3474,7 +3492,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1533
+#: release-manual.xml:1540
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://volatile.debian.org/debian-volatile etch/volatile main\n"
@@ -3482,19 +3500,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1536
+#: release-manual.xml:1543
msgid ""
"And run <computeroutput>aptitude update && aptitude upgrade "
"</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1543
+#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid "Using backports.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1545
+#: release-manual.xml:1552
msgid ""
"You are running Debian Edu, because you prefer the stability of Debian "
"Edu. It runs great, there is just one problem: sometimes software is a "
@@ -3502,7 +3520,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1547
+#: release-manual.xml:1554
msgid ""
"Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian "
"unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run "
@@ -3515,7 +3533,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1551
+#: release-manual.xml:1558
msgid ""
"You will need to add the backports.org archive key to root's "
"<computeroutput>gpg </computeroutput> keyring, so that <computeroutput>apt "
@@ -3525,7 +3543,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1557
+#: release-manual.xml:1564
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# install the debian-keyring securily:\n"
@@ -3566,12 +3584,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1586 release-manual.xml:2129 release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:1593 release-manual.xml:2136 release-manual.xml:2220
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1588 release-manual.xml:2131 release-manual.xml:2234
+#: release-manual.xml:1595 release-manual.xml:2138 release-manual.xml:2222
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3582,70 +3600,70 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1616
+#: release-manual.xml:1623
msgid "HowTos for the desktop"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
msgid "KDE Kiosk mode"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1624
+#: release-manual.xml:1631
msgid "Two default profiles are included:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1633
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1628
+#: release-manual.xml:1635
msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1629
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1630
+#: release-manual.xml:1637
msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1638
msgid "makes sure that students cannot start another kde session"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1632
+#: release-manual.xml:1639
msgid "disables possibility to gain root access for students"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1635
+#: release-manual.xml:1642
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1644
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1640
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
@@ -3653,7 +3671,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1644
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
msgid ""
"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
@@ -3664,7 +3682,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1655
msgid ""
"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile "
@@ -3672,12 +3690,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1655
+#: release-manual.xml:1662
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1657
+#: release-manual.xml:1664
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3685,14 +3703,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1660
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3701,19 +3719,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1666
+#: release-manual.xml:1673
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1679
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1674
+#: release-manual.xml:1681
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -3722,29 +3740,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1681
+#: release-manual.xml:1688
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in "
"Etch. This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1683
+#: release-manual.xml:1690
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1685
+#: release-manual.xml:1692
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
"</ulink> and install with dpkg -i <package-name> as root."
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692 release-manual.xml:1718 release-manual.xml:2209
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
+#: release-manual.xml:1699 release-manual.xml:1725
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3753,14 +3771,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1697
+#: release-manual.xml:1704
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3769,12 +3787,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1707
msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1701
+#: release-manual.xml:1708
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3782,12 +3800,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1704
+#: release-manual.xml:1711
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1705
+#: release-manual.xml:1712
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3795,12 +3813,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1710
+#: release-manual.xml:1717
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1712
+#: release-manual.xml:1719
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -3808,7 +3826,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1723
+#: release-manual.xml:1730
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3817,12 +3835,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1726
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1727
+#: release-manual.xml:1734
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3830,17 +3848,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1734
+#: release-manual.xml:1741
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1743
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1737
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3848,12 +3866,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1743
+#: release-manual.xml:1750
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1745
+#: release-manual.xml:1752
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3861,14 +3879,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1747
+#: release-manual.xml:1754
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3876,19 +3894,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1751
+#: release-manual.xml:1758
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1753
+#: release-manual.xml:1760
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3896,17 +3914,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1761
+#: release-manual.xml:1768
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1774
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1769
+#: release-manual.xml:1776
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3915,17 +3933,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1782
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1786
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1781
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -3935,7 +3953,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3944,14 +3962,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1792
+#: release-manual.xml:1799
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3962,19 +3980,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1805
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1807
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1802
+#: release-manual.xml:1809
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3983,12 +4001,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1816
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4000,19 +4018,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1820
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1832
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4021,22 +4039,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1836
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1831
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1844
msgid "Replacing LDM with KDM"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1839
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid ""
"Skolelinux 3.0 is running LDM as a login manager. It uses a secure ssh "
"tunnel to log in. When using KDM a switch to XDMCP is neccesary. XDMCP uses "
@@ -4044,7 +4062,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845
+#: release-manual.xml:1852
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: XDMCP does "
"not use encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as "
@@ -4052,19 +4070,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1859
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> Note: local devices with <computeroutput>ltspfs "
"</computeroutput> will stop working without LDM."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1862
msgid "To check if XDMCP is running, run this command from a workstation:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1858
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query ltspserverXX\n"
@@ -4072,12 +4090,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "If you are on the thin client network, please run this command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1864
+#: release-manual.xml:1871
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" X -query 192.168.0.254\n"
@@ -4085,21 +4103,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1867
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"The goal is to let your \"real\" thin client to contact the xdmcp-server on "
"the 192.168.0.254 net (given a standard Skolelinux configuration)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1869
+#: release-manual.xml:1876
msgid ""
"If by some reason xdmcp is accessible on your server which runs KDM , please "
"add the following to /etc/kde3/kdm/Xaccess"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1870
+#: release-manual.xml:1877
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" * # any host can get a login window\n"
@@ -4107,19 +4125,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1880
msgid ""
"The star before the comment '#' is important, rest is a comment of course "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1879
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Then turn on xdmcp in kdm with the command:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1880
+#: release-manual.xml:1887
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde3/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true\n"
@@ -4127,12 +4145,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1883
+#: release-manual.xml:1890
msgid "At the end please restart kdm by running:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1884
+#: release-manual.xml:1891
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
" sudo invoke-rc.d kdm restart\n"
@@ -4140,22 +4158,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1887
+#: release-manual.xml:1894
msgid "(in courtasy of Finn-Arne Johansen)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1892
+#: release-manual.xml:1899
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1903
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1905
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4164,21 +4182,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1900
+#: release-manual.xml:1907
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4188,12 +4206,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1909
+#: release-manual.xml:1916
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1918
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4206,26 +4224,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1915
+#: release-manual.xml:1922
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1916
+#: release-manual.xml:1923
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1919
+#: release-manual.xml:1926
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1927
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4239,7 +4257,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1923
+#: release-manual.xml:1930
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -4249,12 +4267,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1927
+#: release-manual.xml:1934
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1929
+#: release-manual.xml:1936
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4265,7 +4283,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1933
+#: release-manual.xml:1940
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4275,12 +4293,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1942
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1944
+#: release-manual.xml:1951
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -4289,12 +4307,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1949
+#: release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1951
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4305,7 +4323,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1953
+#: release-manual.xml:1960
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4316,7 +4334,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1962
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4325,7 +4343,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1958
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4336,22 +4354,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1963 release-manual.xml:2046
+#: release-manual.xml:1970 release-manual.xml:2053
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1965
+#: release-manual.xml:1972
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1973
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1975
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4361,56 +4379,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1969
+#: release-manual.xml:1976
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1970
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1971 release-manual.xml:1974
+#: release-manual.xml:1978 release-manual.xml:1981
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1973
+#: release-manual.xml:1980
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1984
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1979
+#: release-manual.xml:1986
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1981
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1989 release-manual.xml:2062 release-manual.xml:2087
+#: release-manual.xml:1996 release-manual.xml:2069 release-manual.xml:2094
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1991
+#: release-manual.xml:1998
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4421,48 +4439,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1996
+#: release-manual.xml:2003
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1998
+#: release-manual.xml:2005
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1999
+#: release-manual.xml:2006
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2001
+#: release-manual.xml:2008
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2005
+#: release-manual.xml:2012
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2012
+#: release-manual.xml:2019
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2015
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4470,17 +4488,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2017
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2040
+#: release-manual.xml:2047
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2042
+#: release-manual.xml:2049
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4490,7 +4508,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2048
+#: release-manual.xml:2055
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4499,7 +4517,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2050
+#: release-manual.xml:2057
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4507,34 +4525,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2052
+#: release-manual.xml:2059
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2062
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2064
+#: release-manual.xml:2071
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2070
+#: release-manual.xml:2077
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2074
+#: release-manual.xml:2081
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2076
+#: release-manual.xml:2083
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4542,29 +4560,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2078
+#: release-manual.xml:2085
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2080
+#: release-manual.xml:2087
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2089
+#: release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2094
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2096
+#: release-manual.xml:2103
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4574,7 +4592,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2099
+#: release-manual.xml:2106
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4583,12 +4601,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2108
+#: release-manual.xml:2115
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2110
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4596,14 +4614,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2112
+#: release-manual.xml:2119
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2116
+#: release-manual.xml:2123
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4611,7 +4629,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2119
+#: release-manual.xml:2126
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4620,113 +4638,104 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2147
+#: release-manual.xml:2154
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2153
-msgid "moodle"
+#: release-manual.xml:2160
+msgid "Moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2155
+#: release-manual.xml:2162
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
-msgid ""
-"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
-"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2163
-msgid "Monitoring pupils"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:2165
msgid ""
-"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
-"students."
+"Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software "
+"package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators "
+"create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on "
+"any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a "
+"single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in "
+"France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:2167
-msgid ""
-"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
-"url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
-"</ulink>"
+msgid "FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2170
-msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2173
-#, no-wrap
-msgid ""
-"apt-get install italc\n"
-"]]"
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2180
+#: release-manual.xml:2169
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
-"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
+"See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org </ulink> for more "
+"information on Moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2186
-msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
+#: release-manual.xml:2175
+msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2188
+#: release-manual.xml:2177
msgid ""
-"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
-"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
+"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
+"students."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2194
+#: release-manual.xml:2179
msgid ""
-"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
-"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
-"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr ""
-
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
-msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
+"Take a look at their wiki: <ulink "
+"url='http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page'>http://italc.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php?title=Main_Page "
+"</ulink>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
-msgid ""
-"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
-"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
-"system."
+#: release-manual.xml:2182
+msgid "FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2214
+#: release-manual.xml:2185
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
+"apt-get install italc-client italc-master\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your "
+"jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Restricting pupils network access ==\n"
+"\n"
+"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
+"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': restricting access to information or freedom of speech "
+"might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.\n"
+"\n"
+"== Installing swi-prolog on etch ==\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{swi-prolog}}} was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you "
+"can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.\n"
+"\n"
+"/!\\ '''Warning''': The software you install has no trust path. Software "
+"installed with {{{apt-get}}} is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust "
+"path.\n"
+"\n"
+"{{{\n"
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
"wget "
"http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4739,14 +4748,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2222
+#: release-manual.xml:2210
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2237
+#: release-manual.xml:2225
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4754,22 +4763,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2246
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2250
+#: release-manual.xml:2238
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2241
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2258
+#: release-manual.xml:2246
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4778,7 +4787,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2252
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4789,12 +4798,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2258
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2260
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4802,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2262
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4810,12 +4819,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2281
+#: release-manual.xml:2269
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2271
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4823,7 +4832,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2286
+#: release-manual.xml:2274
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4832,7 +4841,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4841,12 +4850,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2295
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2297
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4855,7 +4864,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2299
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4867,7 +4876,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2295
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4876,7 +4885,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2309
+#: release-manual.xml:2297
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4887,22 +4896,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2320
+#: release-manual.xml:2308
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2324
+#: release-manual.xml:2312
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2328
+#: release-manual.xml:2316
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2334
+#: release-manual.xml:2322
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4910,7 +4919,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4918,12 +4927,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2349
+#: release-manual.xml:2337
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2351
+#: release-manual.xml:2339
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4931,7 +4940,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2355
+#: release-manual.xml:2343
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4940,17 +4949,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2358
+#: release-manual.xml:2346
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2352
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4958,24 +4967,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2370
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2373
+#: release-manual.xml:2361
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2379
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2381
+#: release-manual.xml:2369
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -4983,24 +4992,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2388
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2402
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -5008,12 +5017,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2397
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2411
+#: release-manual.xml:2399
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -5022,7 +5031,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2413
+#: release-manual.xml:2401
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -5031,58 +5040,58 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2419
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2409
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2411
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
msgid ""
-"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
-"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
-"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
+"The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
+"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger "
+"Sicking and Kai Hatje and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2415
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2432
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2434
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2426
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2440
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -5092,7 +5101,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2443
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5103,7 +5112,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2447
+#: release-manual.xml:2435
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5112,7 +5121,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2451
+#: release-manual.xml:2439
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -5120,7 +5129,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2444
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -5130,26 +5139,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2450
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2465
+#: release-manual.xml:2453
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2458
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -5157,23 +5166,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2472
+#: release-manual.xml:2460
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2478
+#: release-manual.xml:2466
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2481
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2487
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -5182,7 +5191,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2490
+#: release-manual.xml:2478
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5191,7 +5200,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2492
+#: release-manual.xml:2480
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5200,7 +5209,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494
+#: release-manual.xml:2482
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5208,17 +5217,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2499
+#: release-manual.xml:2487
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2489
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2503
+#: release-manual.xml:2491
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5227,12 +5236,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2510
+#: release-manual.xml:2498
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5246,7 +5255,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2513
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5257,7 +5266,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2515
+#: release-manual.xml:2503
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5269,14 +5278,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2506
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2520
+#: release-manual.xml:2508
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5285,7 +5294,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2523
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5293,7 +5302,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2526
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5302,7 +5311,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2529
+#: release-manual.xml:2517
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5317,7 +5326,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2522
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5331,7 +5340,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2536
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5340,7 +5349,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2526
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5349,7 +5358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2540
+#: release-manual.xml:2528
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5358,7 +5367,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2543
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5367,7 +5376,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2546
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5378,7 +5387,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2549
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5388,7 +5397,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2542
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5402,7 +5411,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2556
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5412,7 +5421,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2558
+#: release-manual.xml:2546
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5424,7 +5433,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2549
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5437,7 +5446,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2564
+#: release-manual.xml:2552
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5449,7 +5458,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2555
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5466,7 +5475,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2570
+#: release-manual.xml:2558
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5474,7 +5483,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2572
+#: release-manual.xml:2560
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5488,14 +5497,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2562
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2576
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5507,7 +5516,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2579
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5516,7 +5525,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2582
+#: release-manual.xml:2570
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5528,7 +5537,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2584
+#: release-manual.xml:2572
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5541,12 +5550,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2587
+#: release-manual.xml:2575
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2590
+#: release-manual.xml:2578
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5560,7 +5569,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2593
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5574,42 +5583,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2599
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2605
+#: release-manual.xml:2593
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2609
+#: release-manual.xml:2597
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2610
+#: release-manual.xml:2598
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2611
+#: release-manual.xml:2599
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2612
+#: release-manual.xml:2600
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2617
+#: release-manual.xml:2605
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2619
+#: release-manual.xml:2607
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5622,122 +5631,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2624
+#: release-manual.xml:2612
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2628
+#: release-manual.xml:2616
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2632
+#: release-manual.xml:2620
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2637
+#: release-manual.xml:2625
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2640
+#: release-manual.xml:2628
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2643 release-manual.xml:2653
+#: release-manual.xml:2631 release-manual.xml:2641
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2647
+#: release-manual.xml:2635
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2650
+#: release-manual.xml:2638
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2657
+#: release-manual.xml:2645
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2660
+#: release-manual.xml:2648
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2663
+#: release-manual.xml:2651
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2667
+#: release-manual.xml:2655
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2670
+#: release-manual.xml:2658
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2673
+#: release-manual.xml:2661
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2677
+#: release-manual.xml:2665
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2680
+#: release-manual.xml:2668
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2683
+#: release-manual.xml:2671
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2687
+#: release-manual.xml:2675
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2690
+#: release-manual.xml:2678
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2693
+#: release-manual.xml:2681
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2697
+#: release-manual.xml:2685
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2700
+#: release-manual.xml:2688
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2703
+#: release-manual.xml:2691
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2710
+#: release-manual.xml:2698
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5747,32 +5756,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2716
+#: release-manual.xml:2704
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2717
+#: release-manual.xml:2705
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2723
+#: release-manual.xml:2711
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2724
+#: release-manual.xml:2712
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2730
+#: release-manual.xml:2718
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2732
+#: release-manual.xml:2720
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 6f75faf..c00f0f3 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-23</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2008-01-12</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -20,10 +20,13 @@
<section>
<title>About Debian Edu and Skolelinux
</title>
-<para>Skolelinux is the Debian Edu project's <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.net/index.cgi?CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution
-</ulink> (CDD) in development. What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian whose out-of-the box environment gives you a completely configured school-network In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket.
+<para>Skolelinux is a Linux distribution made by the Debian Edu project. Being a <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/CustomDebian'>Custom Debian Distribution
+</ulink> (CDD) it is part of <ulink url='http://www.debian.org'>Debian
+</ulink>.
+</para>
+<para>What this means is that Skolelinux is a version of Debian providing an out-of-the box environment of a completely configured school-network.
</para>
-<para>The system is in use in several countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and France.
+<para>In Norway, where Skolelinux was started, the main target group is schools serving the 6-16 years age bracket. Today the system is in use in several countries around the world, with most installations in Norway, Germany and France.
</para>
</section>
@@ -107,27 +110,38 @@
</para>
<section>
-<title>Thin client services
+<title>Thin clients
</title>
<para>A thin client setup enables a ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal. This means that this machine boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM (or PXE) without using the local client hard drive. The thin client setup used is that of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP).
</para>
<para>Thin clients are a good way to make use of older, weaker machines as they effectively run all programs on the LTSP-Server. This works as follows: The service uses DHCP and TFTP to connect to the network and boot from the network. Next, the file system is mounted via NFS from the LTSP-server, and finally X11 is started and connected to the same LTSP-server by XDMCP, thus ensuring that all programs are run on the LTSP-server.
</para>
-<para>The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient. (Oops, the thin clients don't have uniqe names across LTSP servers. How can we identify which client is logged onto what on the central server?)
+<para>The thin client server is set up to receive syslog from the thin clients, and forward these messages to the central syslog recipient.
</para>
</section>
<section>
-<title>LowFat (diskless) Workstations
+<title>Diskless workstations
</title>
-<para>A lowfat workstation runs all software on the PC without locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boots direcly from the servers hard drive without running software installed on the local hard drive. The lowfat workstation setup is not a new consept. It was first used by Novell around 20 years ago booting Windows PC's over the network. Now lowfat workstations is a part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) introduced with version 5.0.
+<para>For diskless workstations the terms stateless workstations, lowfat clients or half-thick clients are also used.
+</para>
+<para>A diskless workstation runs all software on the PC without a locally installed operating system. This means that client machines boot direcly from the servers hard drive without running software installed on a local hard drive.
+</para>
+<para>Diskless workstations are an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are stored on the server too.
</para>
-<para>Lowfat workstations is an exellent way of reusing newer hardware with the same low maintanence cost as with thin clients. With lowfat workstations all applications are run locally on the client PC. Software is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local installed software on the clients. Home directory and system settings are stored on the server. Recomended requirement are 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz CPU or more. Local swapdisk is recommended, expesially when running multimedia applications etc.
+<para>Diskless workstations were introduced as part of the Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP) with version 5.0.
</para>
</section>
</section>
<section>
+<title>Networked clients
+</title>
+<para>The term "networked clients" is used in this manual to refer to both thin clients and diskless workstations as well as computers running MacOS or Windows.
+</para>
+</section>
+
+<section>
<title>Administration
</title>
<para>All the linux machines that are installed by means of a Skolelinux CD or DVD will be administrable from a central computer, most likely the server. It will be possible to login to all machines by ssh, and thereby have full access to the machines
@@ -299,9 +313,7 @@
</listitem><listitem>disk space requirements depend on profiles used, but any disk from 8 GiB will be sufficient. As usual, the bigger the better.
</listitem><listitem>for the thin clients 32 MB RAM and 133 MHz is recommended as minimum. Swap is required
</listitem><listitem>for workstations or standalone PCs 450 MHz, 256 MiB RAM and 8 GiB disc space are recommended minimum requirements
-</listitem><listitem>
-<para>for diskless workstations (also known as LowFat clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable.
-</para>
+</listitem><listitem>for diskless workstations (also known as stateless workstations, lowfat clients or half-thick clients) 256 MB RAM and 800 MHz or more is recommended minimum requirements. Swapping over the network is automatically enabled, the swap size is 32mb, if you need more you can tune this by editing /etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf on tjener to set the SIZE variable.
</listitem><listitem>for Laptops 256 MB RAM and 450 MHz are minimum requirements
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
@@ -501,7 +513,10 @@
</listitem><listitem>workstation <itemizedlist><listitem>A computer booting from its local hard drive, and running all software and devices locally like an ordinary computer, but the user login is authenticated by the main server, where the user's files and desktop profile are stored.
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-</listitem><listitem>thin client server <itemizedlist><listitem>Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core.
+</listitem><listitem>thin client server <itemizedlist><listitem>
+<para>Thin client (and diskless workstation) server. Clients with no hard drive boot and run software from this server. This computer needs two network cards, a lot of memory, and ideally more than one processor or core. Out of the box, this profile installs a thin client server. To turn it into a diskless workstation server you need to follow <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation'>this HowTo
+</ulink>. (Fixme: integrate this HowTo into this chapter of the manual.)
+</para>
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
</listitem><listitem>standalone <itemizedlist><listitem>An ordinary computer that can function without a main server, ie. doesn't need to be on the network. Includes laptops.
@@ -526,8 +541,6 @@
</listitem><listitem>be happy
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para>FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto.
-</para>
<section>
<title>A note on manual partitioning
@@ -1070,19 +1083,6 @@ password: somethingsecret
</section>
<section>
-<title>Manuel Backup Management
-</title>
-<para>You may copy the whole backup over to another computer in the same network using:
-</para>
-<para>ssh -v <ulink url='mailto:root at 10.0.2.2'>root at 10.0.2.2
-</ulink> 'tar czf - /skole/tjener/home0 | dd bs=1M' > /var/backupskoledatoidag.tar.gz
-</para>
-<para>This takes the hole home0 and saves it on the other computer av a tar.gz file. How to deal with the tar.gz file: <ulink url='http://www.gzip.org/'>http://www.gzip.org/
-</ulink>
-</para>
-</section>
-
-<section>
<title>Server Monitoring
</title>
@@ -1502,6 +1502,13 @@ E: Sub-process /usr/bin/dpkg returned an error code (1)]]>
<para>Logical Volumne Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM in the <ulink url='http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/'>LVM HowTo
</ulink>.
</para>
+<para>To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the <computeroutput>lvextend
+</computeroutput> command how large you want it to grow to.
+</para>
+<para>For example, to extend home0 to 30GB you use the following commands:
+</para><screen><![CDATA[lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0
+resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0]]>
+</screen>
</section>
</section>
@@ -2150,12 +2157,17 @@ logon home = ""
</para>
<section>
-<title>moodle
+<title>Moodle
</title>
<para>Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle
</computeroutput> as root to install moodle.
</para>
-<para>Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc.
+<para>Moodle is a course management system (CMS) - a free, Open Source software package designed using sound pedagogical principles, to help educators create effective online learning communities. You can download and use it on any computer you have handy (including webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a University with 200,000 students. Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and credit points.
+</para>
+<para>FIXME: more examples, etc.
+</para>
+<para>See <ulink url='http://moodle.org'>http://moodle.org
+</ulink> for more information on Moodle.
</para>
</section>
@@ -2170,48 +2182,24 @@ logon home = ""
<para>FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
</para>
<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install italc
-]]>
-</screen>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
-</emphasis>: monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.
-</para>
-</section>
+</para><screen><![CDATA[apt-get install italc-client italc-master
-<section>
-<title>Restricting pupils network access
-</title>
-<para>Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
-</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
-</emphasis>: restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.
-</para>
-</section>
+/!\ '''Warning''': monitoring humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.
-<section>
-<title>Installing swi-prolog on etch
-</title>
-<para><computeroutput>swi-prolog
-</computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.
-</para>
-<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
-</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
-</phrase>
-</textobject>
-</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
-</emphasis>: The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with <computeroutput>apt-get
-</computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.
-</para>
-<para>
-</para><screen><![CDATA[# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch
+== Restricting pupils network access ==
+
+Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it.
+
+/!\ '''Warning''': restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction.
+
+== Installing swi-prolog on etch ==
+
+{{{swi-prolog}}} was available in sarge, but was not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch system.
+
+/!\ '''Warning''': The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with {{{apt-get}}} is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.
+
+{{{
+# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch
wget http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/r/readline4/libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb
dpkg -i libreadline4_4.3-11_i386.deb
@@ -2422,7 +2410,7 @@ dpkg -i swi-prolog_5.2.13-1_i386.deb
</para>
<para>The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
-<para>The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
+<para>The german translation is copyrighted 2007, 2008 by Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert, Jürgen Leibner, Ludger Sicking and Kai Hatje and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
<para>The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is released under the GPL2 or any later version.
</para>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list